Sea Ray 2006 52 SEDAN BRIDGE Owners Manual

PDF Download

Document

ELCOME

Owner’s Manual

52 Sedan Bridge

International • 525 Sedan Bridge

Congratulations on becoming the new owner of the world’s most prestigious boat. We at Sea Ray ® Boats, Inc.

welcome you into our worldwide and ever-expanding family of boating enthusiasts.

The Owner’s Manual Packet, to be kept on board your

Sea Ray, gives you important information on all the features of your Sea Ray, for years of trouble-free boating take the time to carefully review the information in your

Owner’s Manual Packet and really get to know your boat.

Have everyone who will operate your boat read this manual.

The Owner’s Manual Packet contains the following:

• Owner’s Manual: The Owner’s Manual gives you important operating and safety information, as well as reminding you about your responsibilities as a boat owner/operator.

• Original Equipment Manufacturer (OEM)

Information: This section of your Owner’s Manual

Packet contains information from the manufacturers of equipment installed on your boat. Examples include the engine, engine control and steering system. Throughout the Owner’s Manual you will be referred to information provided by manufacturers of specific systems.

Because your purchase represents a substantial investment, we know you will want to take the necessary measures to protect its value. We have outlined a program for proper operation, periodic maintenance and safety inspections. We urge you to follow these recommendations.

If you have questions which are not fully covered by the

Owner’s Manual Packet, please consult your authorized dealer for assistance.

Thank You For Selecting A Sea Ray ® !

Bon Voyage

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge) I

THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK

II 52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge)

NTRODUCTION

1. T

HIS

ANUAL

The material here and in the rest of the Owner’s Manual

Packet:

• Gives you basic safety information;

• Describes the features of your boat;

• Describes the equipment on your boat;

• Describes the fundamentals of boat use; and

• Contains service and maintenance information.

You must learn to operate this boat as well as read, understand and use this manual.

What this manual does not give you is a course in boating safety, or how to navigate, anchor or dock your boat. Operating a power boat safely requires more skills, knowledge and awareness than is necessary for a car or truck.

3. S

OURCE OF

NFORMATION

In North America, contact one of the following for boating courses:

• U.S. Coast Guard Auxiliary

• U.S. Power Squadron

• Canadian Power and Sail Squadrons

• Red Cross

• State Boating Offices

• Yacht Club

Contact your dealer or the Boat/U.S. Foundation at

1-800-336-2628

Outside of North America, contact your boat dealer and/or your governmental boating agency for assistance.

A book that provides a comprehensive background in boating is Chapman - Piloting, Seamanship and

Small Boat Handling, by Elbert S. Maloney, published by Hearst Marine.

4. D

EALER

ESPONSIBILITIES

In addition to a pre-delivery check and service of the boat, your dealer is to give you:

2. Y

OUR

ESPONSIBILITIES

For your safety, the safety of your passengers, other boaters and people in the water, you must:

• Take a boating safety course;

• Get instruction in the safe and proper handling of your boat;

• Understand and follow the “rules of the road”;

• Learn how to navigate.

• A description and demonstration of the safety systems, features, instruments and controls on your boat;

• An orientation in the general operation of your boat;

• An “In Service Form” completed by you and the dealer after your inspection of the boat;

• A review of all warranty information and how to obtain warranty service;

• The complete Owner’s Manual Packet.

If you do not receive all of these materials, or have any questions, contact your dealer or call: 1-800-SRBOATS

(International 1-314-216-3333).

5. W

ARRANTIES

Your boat comes with several warranties. Each component and/or system on your boat has its own warranty that will be found with the specific information and manual for that component. These are included with your Owner’s Manual Packet. Locate and read the individual warranties; then put them together for easy future reference. The Sea Ray ® warranty is on the warranty information card in your packet.

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge) III

NTRODUCTION

6. H

ULL

(HIN)

DENTIFICATION

UMBER

The “Hull Identification Number” located on the starboard side of the transom, is the most important identifying factor and must be included in all correspondence and orders. Failure to include it creates delays.

Also of vital importance are the engine serial numbers and part numbers when writing about or ordering parts for your engine. Refer to the Engine

Operator’s Manual for locations of engine serial numbers and record them for future reference.

H.I.N L

OCATION

)

TYPICAL HIN LOCATION

WITHIN 2" OF THE

GUNWALE

HULL

TRANSOM AREA

7. M

ANUFACTURER

’

ERTIFICATION

As a boat manufacturer, Sea Ray builds their products to guidelines established under the Federal

Boat Safety Act of 1971. The Act is promulgated by the United States Coast Guard who has authority to enforce these laws on boat manufacturers that sell products in the United States. Sea Ray ensures that all of its products comply with these laws.

The NMMA, National Marine Manufacturers

Association, provides Sea Ray with a third party certification. The NMMA is an organization that represents the marine industry and assists manufacturers, boat dealers, marinas, repair yards and component suppliers in areas of legislation, environmental concerns, marine business growth and state and federal government agency interaction. The third party certification that Sea Ray participates in, uses the well know Standards and

Recommended Practices of the ABYC, American

Boat and Yacht Council.

Sea Ray Boats participates extensively in the

American Boat and Yacht Council which is a nonprofit organization that develops and publishes voluntary standards and recommended practices for boat and equipment design, construction, service and repair. We utilize all applicable ABYC standards in the construction of your Sea Ray boat.

Finally, Sea Ray sells their products world wide and as such must conform to the various rules and regulations required by other countries. Most notably, are the ISO standards in Europe which require the application of the CE (Common

European) mark. This mark, much like the NMMA certification here in the US, gives you the boat owner specific information concerning your craft. For more on this, turn to Section 1 • Safety, subsection 8 which explains in detail the CE plate and its importance.

IV 52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge)

NTRODUCTION

8. S

ERVICE

, P

ARTS AND

EPAIR FOR

OUR

OAT

9. C

ONTACT

HONE

UMBERS

NTERNET

DDRESSES

When your boat needs service, parts or repair, take it to an authorized Sea Ray® dealer. To find a dealer in your area call:

Domestic: 1-800-SRBOATS

Fax: 1-314-213-7878

International: 1-314-216-3333

To find repair and parts facilities for the equipment installed on your boat, refer to the manual for that component.

If a problem is not handled to your satisfaction:

1. Discuss any warranty-related problems directly with the service manager of the dealership or your sales person. Give the dealer an opportunity to help the service department resolve the matter for you.

2. If a problem arises that has not been resolved to your satisfaction by your dealer, contact Sea

Ray ® Boats at 1-800-SRBOATS (International

1-314-216-3333) and the appropriate customer service department information will be provided to you.

Sea Ray Boats USA

Phone .................................... 1-800-SRBOATS

Fax .......................................... 1-314-213-7878

Internet .................................. www.searay.com

Sea Ray Boats International .... 1-314-216-3333

United States Coast Guard

Phone ...................................... 1-800-368-5647

Internet ........................... www.uscgboating.org

Boat US Foundation

Phone ...................................... 1-800-336-2628

Internet ............... www.boatus.com/foundation/

Canadian Coast Guard

Phone ...................................... 1-800-267-6687

Internet .......... www.ccg-gcc.gc.ca/main_e.htm

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge) V

BOUT

OUR

IMITED

ARRANTY

Sea Ray offers an express Limited Warranty on each new Sea Ray purchased through an authorized Sea Ray dealer.

A copy of the Limited Warranty was included in your owner’s packet. If for any reason, you did not receive a copy of the Limited Warranty, please contact your local dealer or call 1-800 SR BOATS for a replacement copy.

Under the Limited Warranty, Sea Ray covers structural fiberglass deck or hull defects which occur with five (5) years of the date of delivery and parts founds to be defective in factory material or workmanship within one (1) year of the date of delivery. In addition, laminate blisters resulting from defects in factory material or workmanship are covered for five (5) years on a pro-rated basis.

Sea Ray’s obligation under the Limited Warranty is limited to repair or replacement of parts that are judged defective by Sea Ray and does not include transportation, haul out, or other expenses. The foregoing is the sole and exclusive remedy provided by Sea Ray.

The Limited Warranty does not cover engines, stern drives, controls, propellers, batteries, trailers, or other equipment or accessories carrying their own individual warranties, nor does the Limited Warranty cover engines, parts or accessories not installed by Sea Ray. The Limited Warranty does not cover cosmetic gel coat finish. Boats used for commercial purpose are excluded from coverage. See the Sea Ray Express Limited Transferable Warranty for other exclusions.

SEA RAY EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND

FITNESS. NEITHER SEA RAY NOR THE SELLING DEALER SHALL HAVE ANY RESPONSIBILITY

FOR LOSS OF USE OF THE BOAT, LOSS OF TIME, INCONVENIENCE, COMMERCIAL LOSS

OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES.

The unexpired term of the Limited Warranty may be transferred to a subsequent owner upon the new owner’s written request to Sea Ray Division of Brunswick Corporation, 2600 Sea Ray Blvd., Knoxville, Tennessee, 37914 and payment to Sea Ray of Fifty Dollars ($50.00).

Thank you for your decision to buy a Sea Ray.

The Sea Ray Express Limited Transferable Warranty is subject to change at any time at Sea Ray’s discretion. The information contained herein is general information about the Limited Warranty for the owner’s general knowledge, but does not alter or amend the terms of the Limited Warranty.

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge)

52DB O

WNER

’

ANUAL

• T

ABLE OF

ONTENTS

NTRODUCTION

1. This Manual ............................................................. iii

2. Your Responsibilities ................................................ iii

3. Source of Information ............................................... iii

4. Dealer Responsibilities ............................................. iii

5. Warranties ................................................................ iii

6. Hull Identification Number (HIN) ................................ iv

7. Manufacturer’s Certification ...................................... iv

8. Service, Parts and Repair for Your Boat ..................... v

9. Contact Phone Numbers & Internet Addresses .......... v

10. About Your Limited Warranty ................................... vi

ECTION

1 • S

AFETY

Safe Boating Means .................................................. 1.1

1. Safety Labels ......................................................... 1.1

2. Legally Mandated Minimum Reguired Equipment .... 1.2

3. Fire Extinguishing Equipment ................................. 1.2

4. Carbon Monoxide ................................................... 1.3

A. Carbon Monoxide Monitor ............................... 1.4

5. Life Saving Equipment ........................................... 1.4

A. PFD Classifications ....................................... 1.4

6. Additional Recommended Equipment for

Safe Operation ...................................................... 1.5

7. Impaired Operation ................................................. 1.6

8. Load Capacity ........................................................ 1.6

A. United States ................................................. 1.6

B. International ................................................... 1.6

9. Power Capacity ...................................................... 1.7

10. Stability ............................................................... 1.7

11. Maintain Control ................................................... 1.7

A. General Considerations ................................. 1.8

12. Weather ............................................................... 1.8

A. Ocean ........................................................... 1.8

B. Offshore ........................................................ 1.8

C. Inshore .......................................................... 1.8

D. Sheltered Waters ........................................... 1.8

13. Chart Your Course ............................................... 1.9

14. Water Sports ..................................................... 1.10

A. Swimming .................................................... 1.10

B. Skiing .......................................................... 1.10

C. Diving .......................................................... 1.11

15. Emergency Situations ........................................ 1.11

A. Medical Emergency ..................................... 1.11

B. Water Rescue .............................................. 1.11

C. Fire .............................................................. 1.12

D. Flooding, Swamping and Capsizing .............. 1.12

E. Collisions and Leaking .................................. 1.12

F. Grounding .................................................... 1.12

G. Propulsion, Control or Steering Failure .......... 1.13

16. Safety Hotlines .................................................. 1.13

17. International Requirements ................................. 1.13

18. Nautical Terms .................................................. 1.14

19. Environmental Considerations ............................ 1.15

A. Fuel & Oil Spillage ....................................... 1.15

B Waste Disposal ............................................. 1.15

C. Excessive Noise .......................................... 1.16

D. Wake / Wash ............................................... 1.16

20. Key to Symbols on Controls & Prints ................. 1.17

21. Warning Labels ........................................ 1.18 - 1.21

ECTION

2 • G

ENERAL

OAT

RRANGEMENT

1. Docking/Lifting/Storage .......................................... 2.1

A. Supporting the Boat ....................................... 2.1

2. Passenger Locations ............................................. 2.2

3. Deck Layout .......................................................... 2.4

4. Interior Layout ....................................................... 2.5

5. Hardtop ................................................................. 2.6

6. Bridge Layout ........................................................ 2.6

7. Function and Location of Through Hull Fittings

and Cutouts ....................................................... 2.7

8. Control Station Layout ............................................ 2.8

9. Basic Boat Dimensions and Clearances

(Specifications & Height Dimensions) ............... 2.12

10. Propulsion System ............................................. 2.13

A. Engine Gauge Package ............................... 2.13

B. Location ....................................................... 2.13

11. Propellers .......................................................... 2.13

12. Major Controls ................................................... 2.14

A. Gear Shifts and Throttle Controls .................. 2.14

B. Engine Synchronizer .................................... 2.15

C. Hydraulic Trim Tabs ..................................... 2.16

13. Important Gauges .............................................. 2.17

A. Tachometer ................................................. 2.17

B. Oil Pressure, Water Temperature, Voltmeter and Fuel Gauges ........................................ 2.17

C. Hourmeter .................................................... 2.19

D. Magnetic Compass ...................................... 2.19

14. Engine Monitoring Systems ............................... 2.19

A. SmartCraft TM System View ........................... 2.19

B. Systems Monitor ......................................... 2.20

C. Audible Alarms ............................................ 2.21

15. Navigation and Anchor Lights ............................. 2.24

A. Console Dimmer .......................................... 2.24

16. Switch and Receptacle Layout ........................... 2.25

17. Lighting Layout ................................................... 2.28

ECTION

3 • U

SING

OUR

OAT

1. Preparing to Depart ................................................ 3.1

2. While Underway ..................................................... 3.1

3. Returning to Port .................................................... 3.2

4. Securing The Boat ................................................. 3.2

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge) VII

52DB O

WNER

’

ANUAL

• T

ABLE OF

ONTENTS

5. Fueling The Boat ................................................... 3.2

A. General .......................................................... 3.3

B. Filling the Tank .............................................. 3.3

C. After Filling .................................................... 3.3

6. Boarding ................................................................ 3.3

7. Personal Flotation Devices (PFD) ........................... 3.4

8. Passenger Instruction and Location ........................ 3.4

9. Starting The Engines ............................................. 3.4

10. Engine Operation Switches

(With Cummins Engines) .................................... 3.6

11. Shifting to Drive The Boat .................................... 3.7

A. Gear Shifts and Throttle Controls .................... 3.7

B. Operation ....................................................... 3.7

12. Stopping The Engines .......................................... 3.8

13. Starting The Generator ......................................... 3.8

14. Shifting From Shore Power to Generator Power .... 3.9

15. Stopping The Generator ..................................... 3.10

16. Steering System ................................................ 3.10

17. Cablemaster TM With Remote (Automatic Shore Power

Cord Advance/Retrieve System) ................................... 3.10

18. Anchoring .......................................................... 3.11

A. Anchoring Arrangement ................................ 3.11

B. Anchoring .................................................... 3.11

C. Lowering Anchor .......................................... 3.12

D. Setting Anchor ............................................. 3.12

E. Weighing Anchor .......................................... 3.13

F. Clearing A Fouled Anchor ............................. 3.13

G. A Final Word ................................................ 3.13

19. Windlass ........................................................... 3.13

A. To Operate From The Helm .......................... 3.13

B. To Operate From The Bow ........................... 3.14

C. To Operate Manually ..................................... 3.14

D. Maintenance ................................................. 3.14

20. Bow Thruster ..................................................... 3.15

10. Vibration & Causes .............................................. 4.6

A. Foreign Object Interferring With

Propeller Action ......................................... 4.6

B. Bent Propeller and/or Shaft............................. 4.6

C. Engine and Shaft Out of Alignment ................. 4.6

D. Coupling Out of True ...................................... 4.6

E. Engine Part Hitting Boat Structure .................. 4.6

F. Other Possible Causes .................................. 4.6

11. Fresh Water Cooling System ................................ 4.7

A. Coolant Recommendations ............................. 4.7

12. Oil Change System .............................................. 4.7

A. Operating Instructions .................................... 4.7

13. Underwater Gear .................................................. 4.8

A. Propellers ...................................................... 4.8

B. Shafts .......................................................... 4.11

C. Carrier Seal Kit ............................................. 4.12

D. Strut ............................................................ 4.12

14. Rudder & Rudder Stuffing Box ............................ 4.13

15. Seacocks & Strainers ........................................ 4.13

16. Hydraulic Power Steering Control ........................ 4.14

17. Bilge Layout ....................................................... 4.15

ECTION

5 • F

UEL

YSTEM

1. Fuel System .......................................................... 5.1

A. Fuel Tanks ..................................................... 5.1

2. Fuel Recommendations ......................................... 5.2

A. Recommended Fuel: #2 Diesel Fuel ................ 5.2

3. Crossover Fuel System (Generator) ........................ 5.2

4. Fuel Filters ............................................................ 5.2

A. Primary Fuel Filter Selection Valve ................. 5.3

5. Fuel Filter Maintenance .......................................... 5.3

A. To Drain Water ............................................... 5.3

B. To Replace The Filter ..................................... 5.3

6. Fueling Precautions ............................................... 5.4

A. General .......................................................... 5.4

B. Before & During Fueling ................................. 5.5

C. After Fueling - Checklist ................................. 5.5

ECTION

4 • B

ILGE

NDERWATER GEAR

1. Bilge ...................................................................... 4.1

A. Fuel & Oil Spillage ......................................... 4.1

2. Bilge Pumps .......................................................... 4.1

A. Manual Bilge Pump (Optional) ........................ 4.2

3. Bilge Blowers ......................................................... 4.3

4. Engines ................................................................. 4.4

5. Engine Gauge Package .......................................... 4.4

6. Engine Mounts ...................................................... 4.4

7. Marine Gears ......................................................... 4.5

A. Reduction Gears ............................................ 4.5

B. Reverse Gears ............................................... 4.5

8. Engine Exhaust System ........................................ 4.5

9. Engine Removal .................................................... 4.5

VIII

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

YSTEM

1. DC System ............................................................ 6.1

2. Batteries ................................................................ 6.1

A. To Remove The Battery Cables ..................... 6.2

B. Battery Maintenance ...................................... 6.2

3. Main Battery Switches and Solenoids .................... 6.2

A. Main Battery Solenoids .................................. 6.3

B. Windlass Solenoids ........................................ 6.3

C. Bow Thruster Solenoids (Optional) .................. 6.3

4. Main DC Breaker Panel ......................................... 6.5

5. Ignition Protection .................................................. 6.5

6. Control Station Breaker Panel ................................ 6.5

7. Electrical System Fuse Blocks and Breakers ......... 6.6

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge)

52DB O

WNER

’

ANUAL

• T

ABLE OF

ONTENTS

8. 12 Volt Accessory Receptacle ............................... 6.7

9. Emergency Start System ....................................... 6.7

10. Electronics Circuit ................................................ 6.8

11. DC Distribution Panel ........................................... 6.8

12. AC System ........................................................ 6.10

13. Shore Power ...................................................... 6.10

A. Isolation Transformers .................................. 6.10

B. IsoBoost Transformer (Optional) ................... 6.13

C. Glendinning Cablemaster ............................. 6.13

D. Main Shore Power Breaker Box .................... 6.14

E. Shore Power Hookup (U.S.) ......................... 6.14

F. Shore Power Hookup (Int’l.) .......................... 6.15

G. Maintenance for Shore Power Cable

Set & Shore Power Inlets ............................ 6.16

14. Battery Charger .................................................. 6.16

A. Characteristics of the Bow THruster Battery

Charger ..................................................... 6.17

15. Xelogen Lighting ................................................ 6.17

A. Changing A Blown Xelogen Bulb .................. 6.18

B. AC Low Voltage Lighting .............................. 6.18

16. Ground Fault Interrupter Receptacle (GFI) ........... 6.19

A. International Receptacle ............................... 6.19

17. Generator .......................................................... 6.19

18. Electrolisis & Zinc Anodes ................................. 6.20

19. AC & DC Electrical Schematics &

Wiring Harnesses ................................... 6.21 - 6.67

6. Macerator Discharge Pump with Seacock

Interlock System (Optional) .................................. 7.12

7. Entertainment Centers ......................................... 7.13

A. TV Signal Selector ....................................... 7.13

B. Dockside Television Hookup ........................ 7.13

C. Entertainment Center ................................... 7.13

D. Digital Satellite System (DSS) (Optional) ...... 7.14

E. Bridge Wet Bar ............................................ 7.14

8. Telephone System ............................................... 7.15

9. Automatic Fire Extinguisher System .................... 7.15

A. Manual Fire Extinguishing System ............... 7.16

B. Hand Held Extinguishers .............................. 7.17

10. Bow Thruster (Optional) ...................................... 7.17

11. Transom Davit System (OPtional) ...................... 7.17

12. Baitwell (Optional) .............................................. 7.19

13. Sea Ray Navigator ............................................. 7.19

A. Sea Ray Navigator II (Optional) .................... 7.20

14. Refrigerator/Freezer ........................................... 7.20

A. Bridge Refrigerator ....................................... 7.20

B. Cockpit Ice Maker (Optional) ........................ 7.20

15. Coffee Maker ..................................................... 7.20

16. Stove & Microwave ............................................ 7.21

A. Electric Stove .............................................. 7.21

B. Microwave/Convection Oven ........................ 7.21

17. Power Ventilation System .................................. 7.21

18. Central Vacuum System .................................... 7.21

19. Horn .................................................................. 7.22

20. Spotlight ............................................................ 7.22

21. Salon Sleeper Sofa (Optional) ............................ 7.22

22. Canvas .............................................................. 7.22

A. Care & Maintenance .................................... 7.22

B. Storage ........................................................ 7.22

C. Installation Tips ............................................ 7.22

D. Canvas Installation ...................................... 7.23

ECTION

7 • A

CCESSORIES AND

PTIONS

1. Layout and Accessories ......................................... 7.1

2. Carbon Monoxide Monitor ....................................... 7.1

A. Testing the CO Monitor ................................... 7.1

3. Air Conditioning & Heating ...................................... 7.2

A. To Start System ............................................. 7.3

4. Water System ....................................................... 7.3

A. Sanitizing the Water System .......................... 7.3

B. Water Tank ..................................................... 7.4

C. Winterizing the Water System ........................ 7.5

D. Water Distribution Manifold ............................. 7.5

E. Water Pump & Filters ..................................... 7.6

F. Water Heater .................................................. 7.7

G. Fresh Water Washdown ................................. 7.7

H. Dockside Water Inlet ...................................... 7.8

I. Cockpit Shower .............................................. 7.8

J. Washer/Dryer Water Valve ............................. 7.8

K. Gray Water Sump ........................................... 7.9

5. Head System ....................................................... 7.10

A. Requirement for Vessel Operators ................ 7.10

B. Vacu®-Flush Head ....................................... 7.10

C. Holding Tank Operation ................................ 7.10

D. Vent Filter .................................................... 7.12

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge)

ECTION

8 • S

ERVICE

NFORMATION

1. Summary Guide for Inspection, Service

and Maintenance ................................................. 8.1

2.Useful Service Information ...................................... 8.3

3. Inspection, Service and Maintenance Protocol ....... 8.4

A. Bilge Area ...................................................... 8.4

B. Topside and Supplies ..................................... 8.5

4. Draining The Boat .................................................. 8.5

5. Winterization Checklist for Boats Stored on Land .... 8.6

A. Boat Storage .................................................. 8.6

B. Engines ......................................................... 8.6

C. Battery(ies) .................................................... 8.6

D. Head System ................................................. 8.6

E. Water System ................................................ 8.6

F. Fuel System .................................................. 8.7

6. Fitting Out After Storage ........................................ 8.7

A. Fuel System .................................................. 8.7

52DB O

WNER

’

ANUAL

• T

ABLE OF

ONTENTS

B. Battery(ies) .................................................... 8.7

C. Miscellaneous ................................................ 8.7

7. Security Considerations ......................................... 8.8

8. Seacock Lubrication .............................................. 8.8

9. Engine Oil Change System .................................... 8.8

10. Quick Reference Checklist ................................... 8.9

A. Boarding the Boat .......................................... 8.9

General .......................................................... 8.9

Boat Systems ................................................ 8.9

Engine ........................................................... 8.9

B. Preparing to Depart and After Launching ....... 8.10

General ........................................................ 8.10

Engine ......................................................... 8.10

Starting the Engine ....................................... 8.10

C. While Underway ........................................... 8.11

General ........................................................ 8.11

Boat Systems .............................................. 8.11

Engine ......................................................... 8.11

D. Returning to Port .......................................... 8.11

General ........................................................ 8.11

Boat Systems .............................................. 8.11

Engine ......................................................... 8.11

E. Securing the Boat ........................................ 8.12

General ........................................................ 8.12

Boat Systems .............................................. 8.12

Engine ......................................................... 8.12

F. If the Engine Does Not Start ......................... 8.12

No Starter Motor Response ........................... 8.12

Starter Motor Responds, But No Ignition ....... 8.12

G. Operating the Generator ............................... 8.13

Starting the Generator .................................. 8.13

Stopping the generator .................................. 8.13

11.After market Equipment Checklist ....................... 8.14

12. Maintenance Log ................................................ 8.15

ECTION

9 • C

ARE

& R

EFINISHING

1. Maintenance & Reconditioning ............................... 9.1

2. Paint Cleaning Agents & Other Substances ............ 9.1

3. Fiberglass & Gelcoat .............................................. 9.1

A. About Colored Gelcoats .................................. 9.1

B. Permanently Moored or Docked Boats ............ 9.2

C. Keep Bilge Area Dry ....................................... 9.2

4. Stains & Scratches ................................................ 9.2

5. Special Care for Boats that are Moored or Docked .. 9.2

6. Care for Bottom Paint ............................................. 9.2

7. Bilge/Engine Compartment ..................................... 9.3

8. Topside Areas ........................................................ 9.3

A. Stainless Steel and Alloy Fittings ................... 9.3

B. Salt Crystals .................................................. 9.3

9. Gauge & Switch Panels ......................................... 9.3

10. Acrylic Plastic Sheeting (Plastic Glass) ................ 9.3

11. Lignapal ® Cabinets ............................................... 9.4

12. Canvas and Clear Vinyl ........................................ 9.4

13. Exterior Upholstery Fabric .................................... 9.4

14. Interior Upholstery Fabric ..................................... 9.5

Information in this publication is based upon the latest product specifications available at printing. Sea Ray ® Boats, Inc.

reserves the right to make changes at any time, without notice, in the colors, equipment, specifications, materials and prices of all models, or to discontinue models. Should changes in production models be made, Sea Ray ® is not obligated to make similar changes or modifications to models sold prior to the date of such changes.

52 Sedan Bridge Owner’s Manual

(International • 525 Sedan Bridge)

Printed in the U.S.A June 2004, Revised, May, 2005

MRP #1803506

Sea Ray Boats, Inc. 2600 Sea Ray Blvd., Knoxville, TN 37914

For information call 1-800-SRBOATS or fax 1-314-213-7878

International phone 1-314-216-3333

Internet Address: http://www.searay.com

The following are registered trademarks of the Brunswick Corporation: Sea Ray ® & The SR Wave Logo

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge)

ECTION

1 • S

AFETY

SAFE boating means:

• Knowing the limitations of your boat;

• Following the rules of the road;

• Keeping a sharp lookout for people and objects in the water;

• Not boating in water or weather conditions that are beyond the boat’s and the operator’s capability;

• Never boating when the operator is under the influence of drugs or alcohol;

• Being aware of your passenger’s safety at all times; and

• Reducing speed when there is limited visibility, rough water, nearby people in the water, boats, or structures.

Boating in beautiful weather and calm water conditions can be a wonderful experience.

Pleasurable boating, however, requires considerably greater skills than operating a land vehicle. To obtain these skills, you must:

• Take a Coast Guard, U.S. Power Squadron or equivalent boating safety course. Call the Boat/

U.S. Foundation at 1-800-336-2628 for information on available courses.

• Get hands-on training on how to operate your boat properly.

In addition:

• Maintain your boat and its safety and other systems as recommended in this manual.

• Have the boat inspected by a qualified mechanic or dealer, at least annually.

• Ensure that the Coast Guard required safety equipment is on board and functions. (See page

1.2).

1. S

AFETY

ABELS

Safety precautions are given throughout this manual and labels are mounted at key locations throughout the boat. This safety information advises the owner/ operator and passengers of imperative safety precautions to follow when operating and/or servicing equipment.

• Figures 1.19.1, 1.20.1 and 1.21.1 shows the location of the safety labels on your boat.

• Do not remove or obstruct any safety label.

• Replace any label which becomes illegible.

Replacement safety labels can be obtained by calling your dealer or Sea Ray at 1-800-

SRBOATS for information on how to contact the manufacturing facility for your boat.

The meaning associated with each of the four basic types of label is:

! DANGER

DANGER – Immediate hazards which WILL result in severe personal injury or death if the warning is ignored.

! WARNING

WARNING – Hazards or unsafe practices which

COULD result in severe personal injury or death if the warning is ignored.

! CAUTION

CAUTION – Hazards or unsafe practices which could result in minor injury or product or property damage if the warning is ignored.

NOTICE

Information which is important to proper operation or maintenance, but is not hazard-related.

1.1

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge)

ECTION

1 • S

AFETY

2. L

EGALLY

ANDATED

INIMUM

EQUIRED

QUIPMENT

Consult your national boating law enforcement agency.

The following equipment is the minimum required by the U.S. Coast Guard for a boat 40’ to less than

65’ [12.2 meters to less than 19.8 meters] in length.

Personal Flotation Devices (PFD’s): One Coast

Guard approved Type I, II or III device is mandatory for each person aboard. One throwable Type IV device is also required to be on board. A Type V device is acceptable if worn for approved use. See

Page 1.5 for a description of these PFD classifications. Always wear a PFD when boating.

NOTICE

PFD REQUIREMENTS DIFFER

Depending on the state or country of operation the operator of a vessel may be fined for failure to comply with local or national rules regarding PFD usage.

Fire Extinguisher - Portable: With a fixed fire extinguishing system installed in the engine and generator spaces, the American Boat and Yacht

Council (ABYC) recommends that you have Two

(2) Type B-II ABC fire extinguishers, one each located at the helm station and outside the engine compartment and Three (3) Type B-I ABC extinguishers, one each, located in the galley, the crew quarters and the cabin, near the cockpit door.

Whistle, Horn: You must have on board some means of making a loud sound signal, for example, whistle or horn.

Visual Distress Signals: If you operate your boat in coastal waters or on the Great Lakes, you must have visual distress signals for day and night use on board. At least three (3) U.S. Coast Guard approved pyrotechnic devices marked with date showing service life must be carried, be readily accessible, in serviceable condition and not expired.

Store pyrotechnic signals in a well-marked waterproof container in a dry location.

Other: Your Sea Ray is equipped with the required navigation lights, engine exhaust and ventilation systems.

3. F

IRE

XTINGUISHING

YSTEM

Your boat is equipped with an automatic fire extinguisher system located in the engine compartment. In the event of a fire, the heat sensitive automatic head in the engine compartment will release a fire-extinguishing vapor, totally flooding the area.

The dashboard contains an indicator light for the automatic fire extinguishing system. The light will be ON when the ignition is on and indicates that the system is ready. If the light goes out while the ignition is on, the system has discharged.

WHEN DISCHARGE OCCURS, IMMEDIATELY

SHUT DOWN ALL ENGINES, POWERED

VENTILATION, ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS AND

EXTINGUISH ALL SMOKING MATERIALS. DO

NOT IMMEDIATELY OPEN THE ENGINE

COMPARTMENT!! THIS FEEDS OXYGEN TO

THE FIRE AND THE FIRE COULD RESTART.

Wait at least fifteen (15) minutes before opening the engine compar tment. This permits the fireextinguishing vapor to “soak” the compartment long enough for hot metals and fuels to cool. Have portable extinguishers at hand and ready to use in case the fire reignites. Do not breathe fumes or vapors caused by the fire.

1.2

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge)

ECTION

1 • S

AFETY

4. C

ARBON

ONOXIDE

Symptoms of carbon monoxide poisoning are dizziness, ears ringing, headaches, nausea and unconsciousness. A poisoning victim’s skin often turns cherry red. Because carbon monoxide gas

(CO) is odorless, colorless and tasteless, it is unlikely to be noticed until a person is overcome.

! DANGER

Fumes from engine, generators, and other equipment and appliances using burning fuel contain carbon monxide.

Carbon Monoxide can kill you.

Open all doors, curtains, windows, and hatches to let fresh air circulate, when running engine, generator or burning any fuel when boat is anchored, moored or docked.

Dangerous concentrations of carbon monoxide will be present if:

• the engine and/or generator exhaust systems leak;

• insufficient fresh air is circulating where people are present; and

• fumes move from the rear of the boat into the cockpit and cabin area.

! DANGER

Even in rainy cold weather ventilation must be maintained to avoid Carbon Monoxide poisoning. You will get wet and/or cold.

! DANGER

Sleeping on the boat requires an operating Carbon

Monoxide detection system in each sleeping location.

XAMPLES

IGH

EVELS

ARBON

ONOXIDE

CCUMULATE

. 1.3.1)

BLOCKING HULL EXHAUSTS. OPERATING AT

SLOW SPEED OR DEAD IN THE WATER.

LLUSTRATION

#A OPERATING ENGINE AND/OR GENERATOR

IN CONFINED SPACES.

LLUSTRATION

USING CANVAS CURTAINS.

LLUSTRATION

#B OPERATING WITH THE BOW HIGH.

LLUSTRATION

ROLL UP FWD WINDSHIELD

IF USING CANVAS

OPEN FWD HATCH &

WINDSHIELD VENT

WINDS BLOWING EXHAUST TOWARD BOAT

OCCUPANTS.

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge)

LLUSTRATION

GOOD VENTILATION.

LLUSTRATION

1.3

ECTION

1 • S

AFETY

Figure 1.3.1 gives examples of boat operating conditions that can lead to high concentrations of carbon monoxide gas.

To minimize the danger of CO accumulation when the engine and/or generator are running, or using burning fuel applications:

Read and understand the CO monitor information and operating instructions located in your Owner’s

Manual Packet.

• Be sure to have sufficient ventilation when using canvas or window-type side curtains when underway, anchored, moored or docked.

• If the convertible top is installed, operate with the forward hatch open and leave cabin door open.

• Operate all burning fuel appliances, such as charcoal, propane, LPG, CNG or alcohol cooking devices in areas where fresh air can circulate. Do not use such devices where there is no noticeable air movement, especially in the cabin, when anchored, moored or docked.

• Do not idle engine without moving boat for more than 15 minutes at a time.

• Inspect the exhaust system regularly. (See

Section 8, Required Inspection, Service and

Maintenance.

If CO poisoning is suspected, have the victim breath fresh air deeply. If breathing stops, resuscitate. A victim often revives, then relapses because organs are damaged by lack of oxygen. Seek immediate medical attention.

5. L

IFESAVING

QUIPMENT

Even strong swimmers can tire quickly in the water and drown due to exhaustion, hypothermia, or both.

The buoyancy provided by a personal flotation device (PFD) will allow the person who has fallen overboard to remain afloat with far less effort and heat loss, extending survival time necessary to find and retrieve them.

Boat operators are required to carry one wearable personal flotation device (Type I,II,III or V) for every person on board. Boats must also have at least one throwable device (Type IV).

The law requires that PFD’s must be readily accessible, if not worn. “Readily accessible” means removed from storage bags and unbuckled. But, children and nonswimmers must wear PFDs at all times when aboard. It is common sense to have everyone on board wearing PFDs. A throwable device must also be right at hand and ready to toss.

A. PFD C

LASSIFICATIONS

Off-Shore Life Jacket (Type I) most buoyant, it is designed to turn an unconscious person face up; used in all types of waters where rescue may be slow, particularly in cold or rough conditions.

A. C

ARBON

ONOXIDE

ONITOR

Your boat has carbon monoxide (CO) monitors mounted throughout the boat . The CO monitor is an electronic instrument that detects CO. When there is a buildup of CO, the monitor will alert the occupants by a flashing DANGER light and alarm.

The CO monitor is wired through a breaker on the

DC distribution panel.

It is extremely important that you become totally familiar with your CO monitor and its functions.

Near-Shore Life Vest (Type II)

“keyhole” vest with flotation-filled head and neck support is also designed to turn a person face up, but the turning action is not as pronounced; used in calm, inland waters or where quick rescue is likely.

1.4

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge)

ECTION

1 • S

AFETY

Flotation Aid (Type III) vest is designed so conscious wearers can turn face up; often designed for comfort while engaged in sports such as skiing.

Throwable Devices (Type IV) horseshoe buoys, ring buoys and buoyant cushions are designed to be grasped, not worn.

Special-Use Devices (Type V) sailboat harnesses, white-water vests, float coats, and hybrid vests which have minimum inherent buoyancy and an inflatable chamber.

Before purchasing PFDs, ensure that there is an attached tag indicating they are approved by the U.S. Coast Guard or by your national boating law enforcement agency.

Children and nonswimmers must wear PFDs

at all times when aboard. All passengers and crew should wear them. A loose PFD is often useless in an emergency.

The operator is responsible for instructing everyone aboard on the location and use of PFDs.

Size PFDs for the wearer. Children require special attention in the use of PFDs.

Test PFD buoyancy at least once a year.

NOTICE

PFD REQUIREMENTS DIFFER

Depending on the state or country of operation the operator of a vessel may be fined for failure to comply with local or national rules regarding PFD usage.

6. A

DDITIONAL

ECOMMENDED

QUIPMENT FOR

AFE

PERATION

In addition to legally mandated equipment, the following items are necessary for safe boating, especially if your boat is out of sight of land.

• First aid kit

• Visual distress signals for day and night use

(required in some areas; consult local regulations)

• Charts of your intended cruising area

• Compass

• GPS or Loran position locating devices

• Marine VHF radio with weather channels

• Emergency position-indicating radio beacon

(EPIRB)

• Manual bilge pump

• Moisture repellant

• Anchors, chain and line (The anchors must be properly sized for your boat. Ask your dealer or marine supply store for recommendations).

• Mooring lines

• Fenders

• Boat hook

• Waterproof flashlight(s)

• Extra batteries for flashlights and portable electronic devices

• High power spotlight, if you intend to boat at night

• Spare keys

• Instruction manuals for engine and accessories

• Lubricating oil

• Tool kit:

- Assorted screwdrivers (Phillips and flat blade)

- Pliers (regular, vise-grip, and tongue & groove)

- Wrenches (box, open-end, allen, adjustable)

- Socket set (metric or U.S. Standard as

appropriate)

1.5

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge)

ECTION

1 • S

AFETY

- Electrical tape and duct tape

- Hammer

- Utility Knife

• Spare parts kit (spark plugs, fuses, hose clamps and ask your dealer to recommend other parts)

• Extra propeller

• Above idle speed, all passengers must be seated on the seats provided.

The United States Coast Guard does not provide specific numbers for passenger capacity or cargo weight for recreational vessels larger than 20 feet (6.09 meters). For safety sake, use the following information provided for the international loading standards for maximum number of passengers plus cargo weight.

7. I

MPAIRED

PERATION

Drugs and/or alcohol will prevent you from operating your boat safely. This single factor is involved in more marine accidents and deaths than any other.

The detrimental effects of alcohol and drugs are increased by the wind, waves and sun, quickly impairing your ability to react properly and promptly in an emergency.

B. I

NTERNATIONAL

The certification plate (See fig. 1.7.1) located near the helm indicates maximum weight and number of persons your boat can handle under calm sea conditions. Do not exceed the load capacities stated.

The number of people on board must be reduced if you go out in poor weather and rough water.

! WARNING

Drugs and/or alcohol impair the operator’s ability to control the boat safely.

Death or serious injury can result from improper boat operation.

The information present on the certification plate does not relieve the operator from responsibility.

Use common sense and sound judgement when placing equipment and/or passengers in your boat.

• Do not load to capacity in poor weather or rough water.

UILDER

’

LATE

NTERNATIONAL

)

. 1.7.1)

BOAT MANUFACTURER

MFR’S MODEL

DESIGNATION

8. L

OAD

APACITY

A. U

NITED

TATES

! DANGER

Never carry more weight or passengers than indicated on the certification plate, regardless of weather or water conditions.

The boat can capsize, swamp or sink.

52DB/525DB

1,815

MAXIMUM NUMBER

OF PASSENGERS

MAXIMUM LOAD

CAPACITY

Use common sense and sound judgement when placing equipment and/or passengers in your boat.

The number of people on board must be reduced if you go out in poor weather and rough water.

• The number of seats does not indicate how many people a boat can carry in poor weather and rough water.

1.6

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge)

ECTION

1 • S

AFETY

• The number of seats does not indicate how many people a boat can carry in poor weather and rough water.

• Above idle speed, all passengers must be seated on the seats provided.

! WARNING

When engine is running, keep passengers away from areas not designed for riding, such as seat backs, bow, gunwales, transom platform, swim platform, front and rear decks and on sun pads.

Passengers can fall overboard if not seated properly on the seats provided.

10. S

TABILITY

Your boat was manufactured to specific stability and flotation standards for the capacity shown on the cer tification plate. Any increase from the recommended load capacities will put your boat in jeopardy of capsizing, swamping and/or sinking.

! WARNING

Distribute passengers and gear as uniformly as possible from front to rear and left to right.

The manufacturer’s load rating is the maximum allowed under calm conditions.

Reduce boat loading if weather, water or other conditions are adverse.

9. P

OWER

APACITY

Do not exceed the maximum engine power rating stated on the certification plate. Your boat will be difficult to handle and will be less stable.

N ADDITION

• Stability may be substantially reduced if equipment is added above the deck.

• Stability is substantially reduced by loose fluids or weight within the hull. Keep bilge area as dry as possible, and close all openings, hatches and windows in rough weather.

Your Sea Ray ® has been equipped with a propeller which our tests have shown to be the best suited for general use with our engine under normal conditions and load. Do not change the pitch of your propeller without getting your dealer’s recommendations first. If you change to a different propeller pitch, under no circumstances use a propeller which allows the engine to operate at

higher than recommended RPM. (your engine manual specifies the maximum recommended

RPM).

11. M

AINTAIN

ONTROL

On the water there are no marked traffic lanes, no traffic signs or lights, and boats have no turn signals. The boat operator must keep her or his attention focused not only on what’s ahead but what’s on the left, right and behind the boat.

To maintain rated power, propellers should be free of nicks, excessive pitting and any distortions that alter them from their original design. Badly damaged propellers should be replaced, but those that are chipped, bent or merely out of shape can be reconditioned by your marine dealer.

It is advisable to carry an extra propeller aboard in case you damage the one in use.

The operator must always be alert to approaching boats (from the rear, right and left sides, as well as those ahead). There can be people in the water, partially submerged debris, and other navigational hazards such as rocks, sand bars, dangerous currents, to name a few.

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge)

Your passengers are relying on you to operate and maneuver the boat safely so that they are not in danger of going overboard. If you turn to quickly, increase or decrease speed abruptly, your passengers are at risk of being thrown overboard or thrown about the boat.

1.7

ECTION

1 • S

AFETY

! WARNING

Death or serious injury can result if you fail to observe these safety rules:

• Anyone who controls the boat must have taken a boating safety course and have trained in the proper operation of the boat.

• Always operate the boat at speeds that will not put people or property in danger.

• Be constantly aware of conditions in all directions when underway and before turning.

• Reduce speed, use a lookout to identify possible hazards or difficulties, and turn on navigation lights when:

- visibility is impaired;

- in rough water; and

- in congested waterways.

• Watch your wake. It can capsize a small boat or damage moored boats or other property. You are responsible for damage caused by your wake.

When visibility becomes impaired because of weather, time of day or high bow angle you must slow down so that you have sufficient time to react if an emergency occurs. Nearby boats face similar risks in avoiding a collision with you.

12. W

EATHER

There are four design categories of boats based upon their ability to withstand wind and sea or water conditions:

! DANGER

DO NOT ATTEMPT TO BOAT IN SEVERE WEATHER

CONDITIONS DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY CAN

OCCUR GET TO SHORE BEFORE THE WEATHER

TURNS BAD.

A. Ocean

Wind speed: above 40 knots (46 m.p.h.)

Wave height: above 4 meters (13 feet)

Boat may be used for extended ocean voyages.

B. Offshore

Maximum wind speed: 40 knots (46 m.p.h.)

Maximum wave height: 4 meters (13 feet)

Boat can be used offshore, but not for extended ocean voyages.

C. Inshore

Maximum wind speed: 27 knots (31 m.p.h.)

Maximum wave height: 2 meters (6.5 feet)

Boat use is limited to coastal waters, large bays, estuaries, lakes and rivers.

D. Sheltered Waters

Maximum wind speed: 15 knots (18 m.p.h.)

Maximum wave height: 0.5 meters (1.5 feet)

Boat use is limited to small lakes, rivers and canals.

A. G

ENERAL

ONSIDERATIONS

• Know how your boat handles under different conditions. Recognize your limitations and the boat’s limitations. Modify speed in keeping with weather, sea and traffic conditions.

• Instruct passengers on location and use of safety equipment and procedures.

• Instruct passengers on the fundamentals of operating your boat in case you are unable to do so.

• You are responsible for passenger’s actions. If they place themselves or the boat in danger, immediately correct them.

1.8

Your 525 DB (515 DB) is Design Category B.

The wind speed and wave height specified as the upper limit for your category of boat does not mean that you or your passengers can survive if your boat is exposed to these conditions. It is only the most experienced operators and crew that may be able to operate a boat safely under these conditions.

You must always be aware of weather conditions and head for port or protected waters in sufficient time to avoid being caught in high winds and rough water. Do not take chances!

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge)

ECTION

1 • S

AFETY

Getting caught in severe weather is hazardous.

Bad weather and/or rough sea or water conditions can cause an unsafe situation. Consult local weather information, or listen to the NOAA weather reports for the latest weather conditions or any impending deterioration of the weather before setting out and while underway. Following are a few basic weather-related rules:

• Check the weather forecast and the water conditions before leaving and while underway.

• A sudden change in wind direction or speed or an increase in wave height indicates deteriorating weather.

• Have everyone wear a personal flotation device.

• If a storm approaches, immediately seek a safe harbor.

• If a storm hits, have everyone sit in the cabin or on the cockpit deck in the boat. Head the bow into the wind with enough power to maintain slow headway.

• If you encounter fog, determine your position, set a safe course, slow down and alert other boats of your presence with a sound signal.

• If a lightning storm approaches, the safest action is to dock and disembark. If you cannot return to shore, have passengers go inside the cabin and remain there until the storm passes.

• Lightning seeks a ground when it strikes. The best protection is a properly grounded lightning rod placed high enough over the deck to provide a protective umbrella over the hull. Depending upon the likelihood of your being in a lightning storm, consult your dealer for installation of a lightning rod. Stay clear of the lightning rod, all attached wiring and all metal parts of the boat.

• Stay out of the water during a lightning storm. If caught swimming during a storm, get back into the boat and remain there until the storm passes.

13. C

HART

OUR

OURSE

To avoid boating in unsafe areas where there are underwater obstructions, shallow water, unnavigable conditions such as dangerous currents, and others, you must chart a course.

This means having and using the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) charts for coastal waters, observing and understanding all navigational aids, using the knowledge and guidance of experienced boaters, and being aware of the tide times where appropriate.

If you are in an unfamiliar area without knowledge of the hazards, proceed very slowly and have someone watch for hazards.

! WARNING

Hitting an object in or under the water or boating in dangerous currents can cause serious injury or death to boat occupants.

You must know where the hazards are and avoid them.

In uncharted waters, boat very slowly and post a lookout.

! WARNING

Shut engine off if an object is struck or if you run aground.

Check for hull leaks and drive line damage, before restarting engines.

Use hand pump if bilge pumps don’t remove water.

Boat very slowly, if you must proceed with a damaged drive line.

Let others know where you are going. A float plan describes your intended cruising course and itinerary, boat description, and your expected time and date of return. Give the float plan to a friend or relative, so they can give the information to a national boat agency, like the U.S. Coast Guard, in the event you fail to return.

1.9

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge)

ECTION

1 • S

AFETY

14. W

ATER

PORTS

A. S

WIMMING

• Do not permit anyone to swim from a moving boat, or a boat with an engine running.

• Many localities prohibit swimming from boats except in designated areas.

• Make sure boat’s engines are turned off before allowing people to swim anywhere near your boat. Shut the engine OFF and remove the key from the ignition switch so that no one can accidentally start the engine while swimmers are nearby.

• Turn off engines when taking swimmers or skiers aboard or when they are entering the water. Never permit use of the transom or swim platform while engines are running.

• Slow down and look for swimmers or skiers when cruising in an area where there might be persons in the water.

B. S

KIING

While it is unlikely that anyone would ski behind your 52 DB, it is advised that you become familiar with water skiing safety and hand signals. You will, on occasion, find yourself in the vicinity of water skiing activity.

• Anyone who water skis must know how to swim.

• Never drive the boat directly behind a water skier. At 22 knots (25 m.p.h.), it takes only 5 seconds to overtake a fallen skier who was 60 meters (200 feet) in front.

• Keep a downed skier in sight and on the operator’s side of the boat when approaching the skier. Never back up to anyone in the water.

• Learn the signals to communicate with a skier.

The skier is to control the boat through hand signals (Fig. 1.9.1).

Turn – Arm raised, circle with index finger extended.

Skier in Water – Extend one ski vertically out of water.

Back to Dock – Pat top of head.

Cut Motor – Draw finger across throat.

Slow Down – Thumb pointed down or palm down, move hand up and down.

Faster – Thumb pointed up or palm up, move hand up and down.

OK – Raise arm and form a circle with thumb and index finger.

Stop – Raise arm with palm vertical and facing forward.

Turn Right – Extend arm out from body to the right.

Turn Left – Extend arm out from body to the left.

OK After a Fall – Clasp hands together overhead.

• If the skier suddenly releases the tow rope, it can backlash into cockpit. Spotters who are watching the skier must be aware of this fact and be prepared to deflect the rope by hand to avoid injury.

KIING

IGNALS

. 1.10.1)

1.10

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge)

ECTION

1 • S

AFETY

C. D

IVING

• Recognize and respect diving flags (Fig. 1.11.1).

Keep at least 30 meters (100 feet) away.

Sport Divers Flag – Red flag with diagonal white stripe marks a diver in the water.

Code Alpha Flag – Blue and white pennant designates boat being used in dive operations.

A. M

EDICAL

MERGENCY

You may be far from professional medical help when you are boating. At least two people on board your boat should be CPR certified, and should have taken a first aid course. Equip your boat with a first aid kit.

IVERS

LAGS

. 1.11.1)

RED

WHITE

BLUE

WHITE

B. W

ATER

ESCUE

A person who has fallen overboard will die from hypothermia in water temperatures below 70 o F if not rescued quickly. Water rescue consists of three steps: returning to the victim, making contact with the victim, and getting the victim back on board.

ENERAL

When engaged in water sports, be safe and courteous to others sharing the water:

• Be considerate to fishermen.

• Do not water ski in congested areas.

• Keep the boat and skier away from navigation markers.

• Stay well clear of other boats and skiers.

15. E

SPORT DIVER’S

FLAG

MERGENCY

CODE ALPHA

FLAG

ITUATIONS

Prevention is the safest approach. We hope that you are never involved in an emergency situation.

If you are involved in an emergency situation, it is imperative that you know how to react, in order to protect the lives in your care.

ASSISTING OTHER BOATERS

All boaters have a legal obligation to help other boaters who are in distress, as long as rendering assistance does not endanger you, your passengers or your boat.

ETURNING TO THE

ICTIM

• Immediately make everyone aware of the incident and keep the victim in sight.

• Slow the boat and keep pointing toward the person overboard. At night, direct the best available light source at the person.

• Throw a life preserver, even if the person is wearing a PFD. It will serve as another marker.

AKING

ONTACT

• Stop or slow the boat and circle toward the victim.

• Try to approach heading into the wind or into the waves.

• Keep the victim constantly in sight.

• When almost alongside, stop the engine in gear to prevent propeller “windmilling.”

ETTING

ACK

BOARD

• Try to reach the victim with a pole, or by throwing a life preserver. Do not swim to rescue the victim, except as a last resort.

• Assist the person in boarding the boat. The person should normally be brought in over the stern.

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge)

1.11

ECTION

1 • S

AFETY

• If the person is injured or cannot get into the boat, a rescuer should put on a PFD with a safety line attached to the boat and enter the water to assist the victim.

• Handle the victim with care. Spinal injuries may have occurred.

• If the boat is floating stay with the boat. Hang on, or climb on the boat and signal for help.

• Only as a last resort should you attempt to swim to shore - it is further away than it looks and you can tire and drown.

C. F

IRE

Fire is a serious boating hazard. Boats will burn quickly. Do not remain on board and fight a fire for more than a few minutes. If the fire cannot be extinguished within a few minutes, abandon the boat.

Have fire extinguishers handy. A small fire can be extinguished quickly with the right size and type of fire extinguisher.

• Extinguish smoking materials, shut off blowers, stoves, engines and generators.

• Throw burning materials overboard, if possible.

• If the fire is accessible, empty the contents of fire extinguishers at the base of the fire.

• If the fire is in the engine compartment and you have an automatic extinguisher for the engine, wait 15 minutes before opening the compartment. Have a portable extinguisher ready in case the fire flares up.

• Signal for help.

• Grab distress signals and survival gear. Put on

PFDs. Prepare to abandon ship.

E. C

OLLISIONS AND

EAKING

In the event of collision and leaking:

• Slow down or stop to reduce water intake, unless maintaining speed will keep the hole above water.

• Switch on bilge pumps.

• Operate the manual bilge pump if the powered bilge pumps can’t handle the water flow.

• Account for everyone on board and check for injuries.

• Have everyone put on PFDs.

• Stay with the boat.

• Signal for help.

• If a leak patch is attempted, it should be done from the outside.

• In the event of a collision, you are required to file an accident repor t. Contact a state enforcement agency or the nearest Coast Guard office. If you are boating outside of U.S. waters, consult the nation you are visiting for accident reporting requirements.

D. F

LOODING

, S

WAMPING AND

APSIZING

In the event of flooding, swamping or capsizing:

• Try to shut off engines, generators and blowers, before leaving the boat.

• Have everyone put on Personal Flotation

Devices (PFD’s).

• Account for all who were on board.

1.12

F. G

ROUNDING

In the event of running aground:

• Check for leaks. If water is coming in, stop the intake of water before attempting to get the boat free.

• Inspect for damage to the hull, propulsion and steering systems.

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge)

ECTION

1 • S

AFETY

• Determine if the tide, wind and current will drive the boat harder aground or will help to free it.

• Determine the water depth all around the boat, and the type of bottom (sand, mud, rocks, etc.).

If it can be done without exposing persons to risk of injury, the boat should be moved away from hard obstructions and toward open water with soft ground.

• Do not attempt to have your boat towed by other than a trained and competent service, such as the Coast Guard or a salvage company.

Recreational craft are not designed to tow other recreational craft.

The U.S Coast Guard offers many pamphlets on safety and other information not covered in this book.

Contact your local Coast Guard unit or call the tollfree safety hotlines below for information.

• U.S. Coast Guard 1-800-368-5647

• Canadian Coast Guard 1-800-267-6687

In other countries, ask your marine dealer for information on how to contact the national boating law enforcement agency.

G. P

ROPULSION

, C

ONTROL OR

TEERING

AILURE

If the drive train fails, or controls or steering do not respond properly at all:

17. I

NTERNATIONAL

EQUIREMENTS

This vessel and its systems have been constructed in accordance with standards and specifications in effect at the time of manufacture as published by the various regulatory authorities listed below.

• Shut off engine.

• Put out the anchor to prevent drifting.

• Determine whether or not you can repair the problem yourself. See the proper manuals for assistance in troubleshooting the engine, steering and engine controls.

• If you are not sure you can fix the problem, or if conditions are adverse, signal for help.

16. S

AFETY

OTLINES

The safety information in the preceeding pages gives only the general areas of concern for boating safety. It is not intended to be, nor can it be, exhaustive. You must take a boating safety course, and get hands-on instruction in the proper and safe operation of your boat from experienced persons before cruising.

1. Ministere De La Mer - France

2. Registro Italiano Navale - Italy

3. Det Norske Veritas - Norway

4. Securite des Nauires - Canada

5. J.C.I. (Japan Craft Inspection) - Japan

6. N.K.K. (Nippon Kaiji Kyokai) - Japan

7. B.S.I. (British Standards Institute) - England

8. Ministerio Obras Publicas Y Transporters - Spain

9. EC Recreational Craft Directive - European

Community.

Further information concerning these requirements may be obtained from Sea Ray ® Customer Service:

1-800-SRBOATS.

1.13

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge)

ECTION

1 • S

AFETY

18. N

AUTICAL

ERMS

Abeam – object 90 degrees to center line on either side of boat.

Abaft – a point on a boat that is aft of another.

Aft – toward the rear or stern of the boat.

Beam – the width of a boat.

Bow – the fore part of a boat..

Bow Eye – Bolt with looped head mounted on extreme forward part of bow.

Bulkhead – vertical partition in a boat.

Chine – meeting juncture of side and bottom of boat.

Chock – deck fitting, used as guides for mooring or anchor lines. Also, a wedge to stop wheels from rolling.

Cleat – deck fitting with arms or horns on which lines may be made fast.

Cockpit – an open space from which a boat is operated.

Deck – upper structure which covers the hull between gunwales.

Draft – depth of water required to float boat and its propulsion system.

Fathom – six feet.

Fenders – rope or plastic pieces hung over the side to protect the hull from chafing.

Freeboard – height of exposed hull from water line to deck.

Ground tackle – general term referring to anchors, anchor lines, etc.

Gunwale (pronounced gun’l) – meeting juncture of hull and deck.

Hatch – an opening in deck to provide access below.

Head – toilet or toilet area in a boat.

Headroom – vertical distance between the deck and cabin or canopy top.

Helm – steering console.

Hull – the basic part of a boat that provides buoyancy to float the weight of the craft and its load.

Keel – the major longitudinal member of a hull; the lowest external portion of a boat.

Knot – unit of speed in nautical miles per hour.

Lee – the side that is sheltered from the wind.

PFD – Personal Flotation Device; life preserver.

Port – term designating left side of the boat.

Rudder – Movable fixture at the stern used for steering.

Scupper – hole permitting water to drain overboard from deck or cockpit.

Sheer – curve or sweep of the deck as viewed from the side.

Snub – to check or tighten a line suddenly.

Starboard – term designating right side of the boat

Stern – the aft end of a boat.

Stern drive – outboard unit of an inboard/outboard

(I/O) engine installation.

Stringer – longitudinal members fastened inside the hull for additional structural strength.

Transom – transverse part of stern.

Wake – disturbed water that a boat leaves behind as a result of forward motion.

Windward – toward the direction from which the wind is blowing.

1.14

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge)

ECTION

1 • S

AFETY

19. E

NVIRONMENTAL

ONSIDERATIONS

The following warning is offered for boats sold in the State of California in accordance with California

Health & Safety Code §§ 25249.5-.13:

! WARNING

A wide variety of components used on this vessel contain or emit chemicals known to the State of

California to cause cancer and birth defects and other reproductive harm.

EXAMPLES INCLUDE:

• Engine and generator exhaust

• Engine and generator fuel, and other liquids such as coolants and oil, especially used motor oil

• Cooking fuels

• Cleaners, paints, and substances used for vessel repair

• Waste materials that result from wear of vessel components

• Lead from battery terminals and from other sources such as ballast or fishing sinkers

B. W

ASTE

ISPOSAL

• Many areas prohibit overboard sewer discharge.

Close and disable flow-through waste systems to prevent discharge in such areas.

• Bag all refuse until it can be disposed of ashore.

Regulations prohibit disposal of plastic anywhere in the marine environment and restrict other garbage disposal within specified distances from shore.

NOTICE

• There is a possibility of being fined for having an operable direct overboard discharge of waste in some waters. Removing seacock handle in closed position, or other means must be used to avoid fine.

• It is illegal for any vessel to dump plastic trash anywhere in the ocean or navigable waters of the

United States.

TO AVOID HARM:

• Keep away from engine, generator, and cooking fuel exhaust fumes.

• Wash areas thoroughly with soap and water after handling the substances above.

A. F

UEL

& O

PILLAGE

Regulations prohibit discharging fuel or oily waste in navigable waters. Discharge is defined as any action which causes a film, sheen or discoloration on the water surface, or causes a sludge or emulsion beneath the water surface. A common violation is bilge discharge. Use rags or sponges to soak up fuel or oily waste, then dispose of it properly ashore. If there is much fuel or oil in the bilge, contact a knowledgeable marine service to remove it. Never pump contaminated bilge overboard. Help protect your waters.

Fill tank(s) less than rated capacity. Allow for fuel expansion.

The Coast Guard is requiring any ocean-going boats 40 feet or larger to have a written “waste management” plan on board. While the requirement is aimed at commercial and passenger ships, there is no exception for recreational boats. “Ocean-going” means any boat going beyond the three-mile coastal U.S.

boundary. The written plan can be as simple as:

All vessel refuse is placed in trash bags which are stored on board until they can be disposed of in dumpsters on shore. This policy is reviewed by all crew and passengers. The person in charge of carrying out the plan is:

Name:

! CAUTION

FOR BOATS WITH VACUFLUSH ® HEADS ONLY

Do not place facial tissues, paper towels or sanitary napkins in head. Such material can damage the waste disposal system and the environment.

1.15

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge)

ECTION

1 • S

AFETY

C. E

XCESSIVE

OISE

Many areas regulate noise limits. Even if there are no laws, courtesy demands that boats operate quietly.

D. W

AKE

/ W

ASH

Power boat wakes can endanger people and vessels. Each power boat operator is responsible for injury or damage caused by the boat’s wake.

Be especially careful in confined areas such as channels or marinas. Observe “no wake” warnings.

! WARNING

SPEED HAZARD - Watch your wake. It might capsize a small craft. You are responsible for damage caused by your wake.

! CAUTION

Reduce speed in congested waterway.

Be alert for No Wake markers.

1.16

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge)

ECTION

1 • S

AFETY

20. K

EY TO

YMBOLS ON

ONTROLS

& P

RINTS

These symbols may be found on your controls and gauges and/or used in this owner’s manual. This page is to help you understand what the symbols mean.

ISO 04 ISO 05 ISO 06

ISO 01

ISO 07

ENGINE

ISO 10

EMERGENCY

START SWITCH

ENGINE EXHAUST

CONTROL

ISO 11 ISO 12 r/min

ENGINE

ROTATIONAL

SPEED

ISO 13

ENGINE

COOLANT

ISO 02

ISO 08

ENGINE

START

ISO 03

ISO 09

ENGINE

STOP

ENGINE

(COOLANT)

WATER JACKET

TEMPERATURE

ISO 14 ISO 15

ENGINE OIL

PRESSURE

ISO 16

FUEL,

GENERAL

ISO 17

DIESEL

FUEL

ISO 18

FUEL

LEVEL

ISO 19

FUEL

FILTER

ISO 20

LEADED

FUEL

ISO 21

UNLEADED

FUEL

ISO 22

BILGE BLOWER

ISO 23

BILGE PUMP

RUNNING LIGHTS

UNDER POWER

ISO 28 ISO 29

ANCHOR

LIGHT

OIL

ISO 24

FRESH WATER

BASED COOLANT

ISO 30

ISO 25

ELAPSED

TIME

ISO 31

WASTE

ISO 26

LIGHT

ISO 27

INTERIOR

LIGHT

ISO 32

WINDSHIELD

WIPER

ISO 33

WINDSHIELD

WASHER

ISO 34

WINDSHIELD

WIPER AND

WASHER

ISO 35

COMPASS

ISO 40

PROPULSION

SYSTEM TRIM

BOW DOWN

ISO 41

TRIM TAB

TRIMMING

OPERATION

ISO 36

ANCHOR

ISO 37

HORN

ISO 38

PROPULSION

SYSTEM TRIM

ISO 39

PROPULSION

SYSTEM TRIM

BOW UP

SINGLE

LEVER CONTROL

(THROTTLE & SHIFT)

ISO 42

CONTROL

ING DIRECTION

ISO 43

ROTARY CONTROL

(QUANTITY INCREASES

WITH WIDTH OF

SYMBOL)

ISO 44 ISO 45

BATTERY

WARNING

ELECTRICAL

HAZARD

FIRE RISK

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge)

NO OPEN FLAME

NO SMOKING

PROPELLER

LIFT POINT

OR PROPER

LOCATION OF

SLING

LIFT POINT

1.17

ECTION

1 • S

AFETY

21. 52 DB W

ARNING

ABEL

OCATIONS

Save Our Seas

It is illegal to dump plastic trash anywhere into the ocean or navigable waters of the

United States. Violation of these requirements may result in civil penalty up to

$25,000, a fine of $50,000 and imprisonment for up to five years.

PLASTIC - Includes but is not limited to: plastic bags, styrofoam cups and lids, sixpack holders, stirrers, straws, milk jugs, egg cartons, synthetic fishing nets, ropes, lines, and bio or photo degradable plastics.

GARBAGE - Means paper, rags, glass, metal, crockery

(generated in living spaces aboard the vessel-what we normally call trash), and all kinds of food, maintenance and cargo-associated waste.

“Garbage” does not include fresh fish or fish parts, dishwater, and gray water.

INSIDE 3 MILES

(and in U.S. Lakes, Rivers,

Bays and Sounds)

PLASTICS

DUNNAGE, LINING AND PACKING

MATERIALS THAT FLOAT

ANY GARBAGE EXCEPT DISHWATER/

GRAYWATER/FRESH FISH PARTS

3 TO 12 MILES

PLASTICS

DUNNAGE, LINNING AND PACKING

MATERIALS THAT FLOAT

ANY GARBAGE NOT GROUND TO LESS

THAN ONE SQUARE INCH

DUNNAGE- Material used to block and brace cargo, and is considered a cargo associated waste.

DISHWATER- Means the liquid residue from the manual or automatic washing of dishes and cooking utensils which, have been precleaned to the extent that any food particles adhering to them would not normally interfere with the operation of automatic dishwashers.

12 TO 25 MILES

PLASTICS

DUNNAGE, LINING AND PACKING

MATERIALS THAT FLOAT

12 TO 25 MILES

PLASTICS

GRAYWATER - Means drainage from a dishwasher, shower, laundry, bath, and washbasin, and does not include drainage from toilets, urinals, hospitals, and cargo spaces.

BEHIND CABINET DOOR

1.18

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge)

21. 52 DB Warning Label Locations

ARNING

ABEL

OCATIONS

. 1.19.1)

STAINLESS STEEL SLIDING SWIM LADDERS

SUGGESTED CARE & MAINTENANCE

AFTER EACH USE:

Fully extend ladder and thoroughly rinse all ladder and slide surfaces with fresh water. Pay special attention to flushing any debris and salt water from the slide areas.

MONTHLY:

Examine the ladder slide grooves and remove any foreign particles lodged within the grooves.

Wash entire ladder, uning ONLY a clean, soft cloth, and mild soap solution.

Rinse thoroughly with fresh water. To prevent damage NEVER USE

ABRASIVES or ABRASIVE CLEANERS!

Allow ladder to dry after washing. Apply a light coating of spray lubricant or clear silicone grease to the slide areas ONLY . Work ladder back and forth to assure distribution of lubricant and ease of operation.

CAUTION - TO PREVENT THE POSSIBILITY OF PERSONAL INJURY,

ENSURE THAT ANY LUBRICANT IS CLEANED FROM LADDER RUNGS

AND STILES PRIOR TO USE.

Inspect the ladder for damage and check the security of all fasteners.

Repair damage and/or tighten any hardware that may have become loose prior to use.

MRP 1573112 SR-505

WARNING

DOCKSIDE WATER HOSE CONNECTED.

- DOCKSIDE WATER SHOULD BE CONNECTED

DURING PERIODS OF HEAVY WATER USE ONLY.

MRP 852616 SR-124

Inside transom hatch

DANGER

TO AVOID RISK OF SERIOUS INJURY OR

DEATH SHUT OFF ENGINE WHEN NEAR

SWIMMERS OR PRIOR TO USING SWIM

PLATFORM AND BOARDING LADDER.

MRP 1112879 SR-214

DANGER

DO NOT STAND OR WALK ON

THIS AREA SERIOUS INJURY

COULD RESULT.

MRP # 113562 SR-216

DANGER

TRANSOM DOOR MUST BE

CLOSED AND SECURE WHEN

ENGINE IS RUNNING

MRP 811000 SR-102

BRIDGE CAPACITY INFORMATION

MAXIMUM WEIGHT CAPACITY UNDERWAY

(PERSONS & GEAR) 1500 LBS.

MRP # 1743529 SR-9

SLING

On underside of engine room hatch

DANGER

STAY CLEAR OF MOVING PARTS

WHILE ENGINE IS RUNNING

MRP # 852624 SR-149

NOTICE

WARNING

LEAKING FUEL IS A FIRE AND

EZPLOSION HAZARD, INSPECT

SYSTEM REGULARY. EXAMINE

FUEL TANKS FOR LEAKS OR COR-

ROSION AT LEAST ANNAULLY.

MRP # 852632 SR-151

CHECK BATTERY CELL FUEL LEVEL

APPROXIMATELY EVERY 4 WEEKS AND

MORE OFTEN IN SUMMER AND HOT

ZONES.

MRP # 914341 SR-139

THIS BOAT IS EQUIPPED WITH

AN OPTIONAL DIRECT OVERBOARD

DISCHARGE VALVE. DISCHARGING

OF SEWAGE DIRECTLY OVERBOARD

IS FOR USE WHERE APPROVED ONLY

MRP 955278 SR-118

! CAUTION

PRIOR TO TOWING VESSEL:

• LOCK PROPELLOR SHAFT(S) TO PREVENT

DAMAGE TO SHAFT SEAL AND TRANSMISSION

BEARINGS.

• CLOSE SEACOCKS ON NON-OPERATING

ENGINES TO PREVENT SEA WATER INGESTION.

MRP # 1089242 SR - 203

DISCHARGE OF OIL PROHIBITED

THE FEDERAL WATER POLLUTION CONTROL ACT PROHIBITS THE

DISCHARGE OF OIL OR OILY WASTE INTO OR UPON THE NAVIGABLE

WATERS OF THE UNITED STATES OR THE WATERS OF THE CONTIGUOUS

ZONE IF SUCH DISCHARGE CAUSES A FILM OR SHEEN UPON OR A

DISCOLORATION OF THE SURFACE OF THE WATER OR CAUSES A

SLUDGE OR EMULSION BENEATH THE SURFACE OF THE WATER.

VIOLATORS ARE SUBJECT TO A PENALTY OF $5,000.

MRP # 258509 SR-44

WARNING

RUNNING BOAT WITH DOOR OPEN COULD

INDUCE EXHAUST FUMES INTO CABIN.

SEE OWNER’S MANUAL FOR INSTRUC-

TIONS CONCERNING CARBON MONOXIDE.

MRP # 1672112 SR-285

On salon entry door

SLING

DANGER

FORE AND AFT SUNPADS

SHOULD NOT BE USED WHEN

VESSEL IS UNDERWAY

MRP # 852558 SR-140

SLING

52DB/525DB

1,815

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge)

WARNING

–READ THE INSTRUCTIONS BEFORE OPERATING

THE WINDLASS.

–KEEP HANDS AND FEET AWAY FROM GYPSY AND

CHAIN AT ALL TIMES.

–WHEN WINDLASS IS NOT IN USE OR BEFORE

USING THE HANDLE, TURN OFF THE WINDLASS

AT THE MAIN SWITCH.

–ENGAGE THE CHAIN STOPPER AFTER ANCHORING.

WINDLASS MUST NOT BE USED AS SOLE MEANS

OF SECURING ANCHOR IN BOW FITTING. ANCHORS

MUST BE INDEPENDENTLY SECURED TO PREVENT

ACCIDENTAL RELEASE.

–BE SURE THE CLUTCH AND THE CHAIN STOPPER

ARE WELL ENGAGED BEFORE SAILING.

DANGER

STAY CLEAR OF MOVING PARTS

MRP # 921759

On lip of hatch

SR - 162

! DANGER

DO NOT CLIMB UPON OR STORE

EQUIPMENT ON HARDTOP

MRP 1017375 SR-198

On underside of hardtop

1.19

Warning Label Locations (Continued)

ARNING

ABEL

OCATIONS

. 1.20.1)

DANGER

LEAVING WINDOW OPEN COULD

INDUCE EXHAUST FUMES

INTO CABIN RESULTING IN SEVERE

PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH

MRP 852566 SR-135

LOCATIONS:

• HEAD WINDOWS

• SALON MAIN DISTRIBUTION

PANEL

EXHAUST FAN MUST BE ON

WHEN COOKING APPLIANCE

IS IN USE

MRP 0808840 SR-106

12VDC-15A MAX

MRP # 324756 SR-47

DANGER

T U R N O F F C O F F E E M A K E R

B E F O R E C L O S I N G D O O R .

MRP # 868380 SR-134

ARNING

ABEL

OCATIONS

. 1.20.2))

1.20

IMPORTANT SAFETY AND OPERATIONAL INFORMATION

MRP 1199363 SR-218

WARNING

NMMA CERTIFICATION TAG

52DB/525DB

15 1,815

THIS TAG INSTALLED WHEN BOAT IS ORDERED WITH

CE INTERNATIONAL OPTION

MRP 1798084

CALIFORNIA RESIDENTS ONLY

THE ABOVE WARNING IS ATTACHED TO THE

STEERING WHEEL PRIOR TO DELIVERY OF ANY

BOATS SOLD IN THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA IN

ACCORDANCE WITH CALIFORNIA HEALTH &

SAFETY CODE §§ 25249.5-.13:

WARNING

VISIBILITY FROM THIS HELM STATION IS

LIMITED AVOID COLLISIONS-MAINTAIN

LOOKOUT AS REQUIRED IN ‘RULES OF

THE ROAD’ BY US COAST GUARD

MRP # 1088574 SR-153

12VDC-15A MAX

MRP # 324756 SR-47

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge)

Warning Label Locations (Continued)

ARNING

ABEL

OCATIONS

. 1.21.1)

DANGER

UNPLUG SHORE POWER AND TURN

OFF GENERATOR BEFORE

REMOVING COVER.

MRP 852582 SR-154

THIS TAG LOCATED ON BLOCK

HEATER, GENERATOR

CONVERTER, MAIN BATTERY

CHARGER/CONVERTER, BATTERY

EQUALIZERS & ALL A/C JUNCTION

BOXES

CAUTION

THIS VESSEL IS EQUIPPED WITH SHORE LINE ISOLATION TRANSFORMERS.

THE NEUTRAL AND GROUNDING CONDUCTORS ARE CONNECTED ON A

COMMON NEUTRAL/GROUNDING BUS AT THE MAIN DISTRIBUTION PANEL.

TO MAINTAIN ELECTRICAL SYSTEM INTEGRITY THE

NEUTRAL AND GROUNDING CONDUCTORS SHALL BE KEPT ISOLATED

AT ALL OTHER LOCATIONS ABOARD THE VESSEL.

MRP 1589795 SR-507

DANGER

STAY CLEAR OF MOVING PARTS

WHILE ENGINE IS RUNNING

MRP # 852624 SR-149

NOTICE

THIS BOAT IS EQUIPPED WITH

AN OPTIONAL DIRECT OVERBOARD

DISCHARGE VALVE. DISCHARGING

OF SEWAGE DIRECTLY OVERBOARD

IS FOR USE WHERE APPROVED ONLY

MRP 955278 SR-118

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge)

BATTERIES

CAUTION

• BATTERIES ENCLOSED

• SERVICE WEEKLY

• REPLACE COVER WHILE UNDER WAY

WARNING

FIRE EXTINGUISHER SIZED FOR ONE COMPARTMENT ONLY.

KEEP DOOR CLOSED AT ALL TIMES.

MRP 1109230 SR-212

1.21

1.22

THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge)

ECTION

2 • G

ENERAL

OAT

RRANGEMENT

1. D

OCKING

IFTING

TORAGE

BOW AND STERN CLEATS: (Figure 2.1.1) Cleats must not be used for lifting the boat, they are intended for docking or mooring use only.

LEAT

/ B

& S

TERN

OCATIONS

. 2.1.1)

CLEAT

CLEAT seem expedient to lift only the stern when changing a propeller, but this can result in water entering the engine cylinders, causing hydrostatic lock and resulting in possible engine failure. Even a small amount of water in the engine can cause rust and is to be avoided.

With fiberglass boats, severe gelcoat crazing or more serious hull damage can occur during launching and hauling if pressure is created on the gunwales by the slings. Flat, wide belting-type slings and spreaders long enough to keep pressure from the gunwales are necessary. Cable-type slings should be avoided. Do not place the slings where they may lift on the propeller shaft or other underwater fittings.

The slings should be placed directly over the sling tags imprinted on the deck (Figure 2.1.2) to assure the least amount of stress on the hull.

Never hoist the boat with an appreciable amount of water in the bilge. Fuel and water tanks should preferably be empty, especially if of large capacity.

CLEAT

! CAUTION

Do Not use cleats for lifting.

When lifting the boat always keep the bow higher than the stern to drain the exhaust lines and to prevent water from running forward through the manifold and into the engine where it can become trapped. It may

ROPER

IFTING AND

TORAGE OF THE

52 DB

. 2.1.2)

SLING STRAPS

A. S

UPPORTING THE

OAT

A cradle is the ideal support for the boat whenever it is not in the water. Properly designed and constructed, it will provide support at the proper points, which is essential to avoid stress on the hull. Boat placement on the cradle should line up as closely as possible to the sling tags on the side of the deck. Do not rest boat on underwater fittings.

SLING TAG

108" (2.74 M)

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge)

204" (5.18 M)

RIGHT (NO GAP)

WRONG (GAP)

2.1

ECTION

2 • G

ENERAL

OAT

RRANGEMENT

2. P

ASSENGER

OCATIONS

! WARNING

Boat motion can be erratic.

You can fall overboard or be injured by hitting something in or on the boat.

All persons must be in cockpit area or cabin and be prepared for sudden boat movement.

Use front or bow deck area only during anchoring, mooring or emergencies.

! WARNING

Wet decks are slippery.

You can be seriously injured if you slip and fall.

Wear slip resistant footwear secured to your feet and hold on to rails or boat structure.

1. When the boat is moving, all passengers must be in the cockpit area or in the cabin and must be on seating provided or, if standing, holding on firmly (See Figure 2.3.1).

While the person at the wheel must alert passengers before any sudden or erratic boat movement, such as crossing wakes, rapid turns, sudden acceleration or deceleration, etc., an emergency action may be necessary before passengers can be warned. All passengers must be prepared for rapid boat movement and be able to hold on to prevent loss of balance.

2. When persons are on the working deck area, for anchoring, mooring or in emergencies, they must be holding on and be positioned so as to prevent falling. In bad weather and/or rough water, if it is essential to be on deck, persons should be closely tied to cleats, railing stanchions or other securely fastened boat hardware.

3. Engines must be turned off if the boat is near swimmers or persons are on the swim platform or the swim ladder.

2.2

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge)

ECTION

2 • G

ENERAL

OAT

RRANGEMENT

ASSENGER

OCATIONS

OCKPIT

ECK

) (

FIG

. 2.3.1)

DO NOT WALK ON THIS AREA

1234567890

WORKING DECK

(DECK AREA INTENDED FOR OCCUPATION

DURING ANCHORING, MOORING AND

EMERGENCY OPERATION ONLY)

ACCOMMODATION DECK

(DECK AREA INTENDED FOR OCCUPATION

DURING NORMAL OPERATION)

DANGER

Rotating propellers can injure or kill you.

Shut off engine when persons are in water, near boat, on swim platform or ladder.

! WARNING

Wet decks are slippery.

You can be seriously injured if you slip and fall.

Wear slip resistant footwear secured to your feet and hold on to rails or boat structure.

! WARNING

You can be seriously injured if you stand or walk here.

DANGER

Do not climb on or store equipment on hard top.

1234

123

1234

1234567890

123456

1234

123

1234567890

KEEP OFF

HATCH

DECK HATCH

(ALSO EMERGENCY

EXIT)

123

12345

123

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge) 2.3

ECTION

2 • G

ENERAL

OAT

RRANGEMENT

3. D

ECK

AYOUT

RIDGE

) ( H

ARDTOP

)

ENERAL

AYOUT

. 2.4.1)

ANCHOR CHUTE

WINDLASS

STARBOARD BOW LOCKER

DECK HATCH (EMERGENCY EXIT)

SWIM LADDER

TRANSOM STORAGE

BRIDGE DINETTE TABLE

CONTROL STATION (SEE FIGURE 2.8.1)

BRIDGE AFT SEATING

DAVIT

SWIM PLATFORM

BRIDGE STEPS

BRIDGE WET BAR

PORT BOW LOCKER

WINDLASS FOOT PEDALS

SPOTLIGHT

HARDTOP (SEE FIGURE 2.7.1)

2.4

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge)

ECTION

2 • G

ENERAL

OAT

RRANGEMENT

4. I

NTERIOR

AYOUT

OWER LEVEL

) (S

ALON

)

ENERAL

AYOUT

, I

NTERIOR

. 2.5.1)

DANGER

Sleeping on boat requires an operating Carbon Monoxide detection system in each sleeping location.

A MASTER STATEROOM BUNK

MASTER STATEROOM A/C (10,000 BTU)

MASTER STATEROOM TV/DVD

MASTER STATEROOM STARBOARD HANGING

CLOSET

MASTER STATEROOM VANITY SINK

MASTER STATEROOM HEAD

MASTER STATEROOM SHOWER

STARBOARD GUEST ROOM HANGING CLOSET

STARBOARD GUEST ROOM LOWER BUNK

STARBOARD GUEST ROOM UPPER BUNK

STARBOARD GUEST ROOM TV/DVD

PORT GUEST ROOM BUNK

PORT GUEST ROOM TV/DVD

PORT GUEST ROOM HANGING CLOSET

GUEST VANITY SINK

GUEST HEAD

GUEST SHOWER

MASTER STATEROOM PORT HANGING CLOSET

SKYLIGHTS

MICROWAVE

REFRIGERATOR

TWO BURNER STOVE

FREEZER

GALLEY SINK

G COFFEE MAKER

H STARBOARD SALON SOFA (W/PULLOUT BED

OPTIONAL)

SALON ENTERTAINMENT CENTER

PRIVACY CURTAIN

K MAIN DISTRIBUTION PANELS

PORT SALON SEATING

SALON TABLE

DINETTE SEATING

DINETTE TABLE

WASHER/DRYER (OPTIONAL)

CENTRAL VACUUM SYSTEM

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge) 2.5

ECTION

2 • G

ENERAL

OAT

RRANGEMENT

5. H

ARDTOP

ARDTOP

. 2.6.1)

DIGITAL SATELLITE (OPTIONAL)

MAST LIGHT

GPS

STEREO SATELLITE (OPTIONAL)

SEA RAY NAVIGATOR ANTENNA

(OPTIONAL)

HAILER (OPTIONAL)

RADAR

HORN

HATCH

TV (GLOMEX) ANTENNA

VHF ANTENNA

GPS (OPTIONAL)

6. B

RIDGE

AYOUT

RIDGE

. 2.6.1)

BRIDGE WET BAR

BRIDGE FORWARD SEATING

CONTROL STATION

A/C DUCTS

12 VOLT ACCESSORY

SHIPS BELL

MANUAL FIRE EXTINGUISHER

PULL

AFT BRIDGE SEATING

STERN LIGHT

BRIDGE DOOR

PORT NAVIGATION LIGHT

UPPER INSTRUMENT CONSOLE

420

280

140

100 250

100

175

100

1/2

RPM

X1000 4

RPM

X1000

420

280

140

100 250

100

175

100

1/2

E 10

UPPER CONSOLE

2.6

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge)

ECTION

2 • G

ENERAL

OAT

RRANGEMENT

7. F

UNCTION AND

OCATION OF

HROUGH

-H

ULL

UTOUTS

TARBOARD

HROUGH

-H

ULL

UTOUTS

. 2.7.1)

J I

WATER HEATER VENT

GALLEY POWER VENT

MASTER HEAD POWER VENT

HORN

G F

ROPE LOCKER DRAIN

GRAY WATER VENT (OPTIONAL)

VACUUM EXHAUST

WASHER/DRYER VENT (OPTIONAL)

ORT

HROUGH

-H

ULL

UTOUTS

. 2.7.2)

A B

HOLDING TANK VENT

COMMON DRAIN

ENGINE EXHAUST

GUEST HEAD POWER VENT

FUEL VENTS

WATER TANK VENT

COMMON DRAIN

PORT ENGINE EXHAUST

CHAIN LOCKER DRAIN

ILGE

HROUGH

-H

ULL

UTOUTS

. 2.7.3)

PORT SHAFT LOG

A/C SEACOCK

STARBOARD ENGINE SEACOCK

TRANSDUCER

PORT ENGINE SEACOCK

BRIDGE A/C DISCHARGE

STARBOARD SHAFT LOG

STARBOARD RUDDER POST

MACERATOR DISCHARGE

(OPTIONAL)

BAITWELL SEACOCK (OPTIONAL)

GENERATOR SEACOCK

PORT RUDDER POST

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge)

G F

2.7

ECTION

2 • G

ENERAL

OAT

RRANGEMENT

8. C

ONTROL

TATION

AYOUT

RIDGE

ONTROL

TATION

AYOUT

. 2.8.1)

PORT

IGNITION

EMERGENCY

START

STBD

IGNITION

BILGE

BLOWERS

ENGINE

SYNC

CRUISE

1 & 2

SLOW

IDLE

RPM

+/-

STATION

SELECT

BILGE PUMPS

FWD AFT ACCY ACCY ELECT RADAR

AUTO

PILOT

THRUSTER

MAIN 24V

WINDLASS

MAIN CONTROL

RUNNING ANCHOR DIMMER

LIGHTS

NIGHT OVERHEAD BRIDGE SPOTLIGHT HORN

2.8

NAV

LIGHTS

ENGINE

SYNC

TRIM

TABS

SPOT

LIGHT

12V DC

RECEPT

HORN LIGHTING STEREO

SPREADER

LIGHTS ACCY

SEA RAY NAVIGATOR II

MAGNETIC COMPASS

RADAR

(OPTIONAL SEA RAY NAVIGATOR II

W/INTEGRATED OPEN ARRAY RADAR SHOWN)

SWITH PANEL

A/C VENT (OPTIONAL)

HALON INDICATOR

BRIDGE STEREO

CONTROL STATION BREAKER PANEL

MANUAL FIRE EXTINGUISHER PULL

AUTOPILOT

12V ACCESSORY PLUG

USB PORTS

SPOTLIGHT CONTROL

THROTTLE CONTROLS

SEA RAY NAVIGATOR MOUSE

(OPTIONAL)

BOW THRUSTER CONTROL

(OPTIONAL)

TRIM TAB SWITCHES

GEAR SHIFT CONTROLS

SYSTEM MONITOR

VHF REMOTE SPEAKER

VHF RADIO

INSIDE CABINET

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge)

ECTION

2 • G

ENERAL

OAT

RRANGEMENT

ONTROL

TATION

AYOUT

’

)

RIDGE

ONTROL

TATION

PPER

ONSOLE

. 2.9.1)

SMARTCRAFT MONITOR

STARBOARD ENGINE MULTIGAUGE

STARBOARD ENGINE TACHOMETER

PORT ENGINE TACHOMETER

PORT ENGINE MULTIGAUGE

100

140

280

420

250

100

175

100

1/2

RPM

X1000

RPM

X1000

100

140

420

280

250

100

175

100

1/2

RIDGE

ONTROL

TATION

WITCH

ANEL

OWER

ONTROL

TATION

PTION

)

. 2.9.2)

PORT IIGNITION

STOP START/RUN

EMERG

START

STBD IIGNITION

START/RUN STOP

TROLL

ENGINE

SYNC

BILGE

BLOWERS

BILGE PUMPS

FWD AFT ACCY ELECT RADAR

AUTO

PILOT

THRUSTER

MAIN

WINDLASS

MAIN CONTROL RUNNING

ANCHOR

DIMMER

LIGHTS

NIGHT OVERHEAD

BRIDGE SPOTLIGHT HORN

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge) 2.9

ECTION

2 • G

ENERAL

OAT

RRANGEMENT

ONTROL

TATION

AYOUT

OWER

ONTROL

TATION

PTION

)

OWER

RIDGE

ONTROL

TATION

AYOUT

PTIONAL

)

. 2.10.1)

PORT IIGNITION

STOP START/RUN

EMERG

START

STBD IIGNITION

START/RUN STOP

ENGINE

SYNC

BILGE

BLOWERS HORN

BILGE PUMPS

FWD AFT

THRUSTER

MAIN 24V

PLATFORM

MAIN

WINDLASS

MAIN CONTROL ACCY ACCY

RUNNING

LIGHTS

ANCHOR DIMMER SPOTLIGHT

WIPERS

ON/OFF/INT LOW/MED/HI

WINDSHIELD

WASHER ACCY

2.10

MAGNETIC COMPASS

INSTRUMENT PANEL

SEA RAY NAVIGATOR

STARBOARD MAN ENGINE DISPLAY

STORAGE

12 VOLT ACCESSORY RECEPTACLE

VHF RADIO HANDSET

SYSTEM MONITOR

STEREO REMOTE

BOW THRUSTER CONTROL

K HALON SWITCH

VHF RADIO SPEAKER

SWITCH PANEL

‘SPOTLIGHT CONTROL

AUTO PILOT

PORT MAN ENGINE DISPLAY

LOWER HELM BREAKER PANEL

L K

NAV

LIGHTS

ENGINE

SYNC

TRIM

TABS

SPOT

LIGHT

12V DC

RECEPT

PORT

WIPER

CENTER STBD HORN ACCY

INSIDE CABINET

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge)

ECTION

2 • G

ENERAL

OAT

RRANGEMENT

ONTROL

TATION

AYOUT

OWER

ONTROL

TATION

PTION

)

OWER

RIDGE

ONTROL

TATION GAUGE PANEL

PTIONAL

)

. 2.11.1)

MAN ENGINE GAUGE PANEL

140

280

420

100

PSI/kP

250

100

175

100

F/ C

1/2

RPM

X1000

RPM

X1000

140

280

420

100

PSI/kP

250

100

175

100

F/ C

1/2

C D

B E

CUMMINS ENGINE GAUGE PANEL (OPTIONAL)

140

280

420

100

PSI/kP

250

100

175

100

F/ C

1/2

RPM

X1000

3 1

RPM

X1000

140

280

420

100

PSI/kP

250

100

175

100

F/ C

1/2

D E

PORT MAN ENGINE MULTI GAUGE

PORT MAN ENGINE TACHOMETER

RUDDER POSITION GAUGE

STARBOARD MAN ENGINE TACHOMETER

STARBOARD MAN ENGINE MULTI GAUGE

F PORT CUMMINS ENGINE MULTI GAUGE

G PORT CUMMINS ENGINE TACHOMETER

STARBOARD CUMMINS ENGINE TACHOMETER

STARBOARD CUMMINS ENGINE MULTI GAUGE

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge) 2.11

ECTION

2 • G

ENERAL

OAT

RRANGEMENT

9. B

ASIC

OAT

IMENSIONS AND

LEARANCES

OAT

IMENSIONS AND

LEARANCES

. 2.12.1)

3’ 4 3/8”

(102.5 cm)

Water Line

3’ 9”

(114.3 cm)

52’ 3” (15.9 m)

15’ 3”

(4.65 m)

S P E C I F I C A T I O N S & D I M E N S I O N S

Overall Length

Beam

52’ 3” (15.9 m)

15’ 3” (4.65 m)

Draft w/Inboard Engines 45” (114.3 cm)

Dry Weight – Standard Power 36,700 lbs. ( 16,647 kg)

Fuel Capacity

Usable Fuel

Water Capacity

Holding Tank

Dead Rise

Load Capacity

500 gal. (1892.5 liters)

475 gal. (1798 liters)

140 gal. (530 liters)

68 gal. (257.4 liters)

15 Persons 4,001 lbs. max (1,815 kg)

HEIGHT DIMENSIONS

Keel To Top Of Mastlight

Keel To Top Of Hardtop

Waterline To Top Of Mastlight

Waterline To Top Of Hardtop

Hardtop To Top Of Mastlight

23’ 0” (7.01 m)

19’ 7 3/4” (5.99 m)

21’ 1 1/2” (6.44 m)

16’ 9 1/4” (5.11 m)

3’ 4 3/8” (1.03 m)

2.12

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge)

ECTION

2 • G

ENERAL

OAT

RRANGEMENT

10. P

ROPULSION

YSTEM

The inboard engines on the 52 DB are the heart of your Sea Ray ® boat. Proper attention to and maintenance of your engines will assure you of many hours of pleasurable, safe boating and will prevent unnecessary engine problems. You must, therefore, become thoroughly familiar with all aspects of the engine’s proper operation outlined in the Engine Operator’s Manual. A general maintenance program consists of proper lubrication, cleaning of fuel filters, fuel lines and air filters. When washing down, or at any other time, take care

that water does not enter the air inlets. Water entering the air inlets when the engines are not operating may go directly into the cylinders, resulting in rust and possibly internal engine damage.

A. E

NGINE

AUGE

ACKAGE

Each of your engines have been equipped with an engine guage package. This package is provided as a safety feature in the event of an electrical malfunction resulting in the helm gauges becoming inoperative.

NGINE

AUGE

ACKAGE

. 2.13.2)

130 160 210

230

250

20 40 60

300

600

PRESSURE

100

TANDARD

ROPULSION

. 2.13.1)

B. L

OCATION

The engine gauge package is located on the inboard side of each engine. Gauge packages may differ with different engine options. Refer to your engine

Operator’s Manual for proper gauge readings and gauge package location.

D C

ENGINE

SPARE CARRIER SEAL

SHAFT LOG & STRONG SEAL

PROPELLER SHAFT

PROPELLER

RUDDER

The engines are warranted directly by the engine manufacturer, not by Sea Ray ® .

Sea Ray ® strongly urges you to fully comply with the manual provided by the engine manufacturer.

Follow the recommended maintenance and warranty schedule in your Engine Operator’s

Manual included in the owner’s packet. Engine abuse or improper maintenance may adversely affect the claims made under the independent warranty provided by the engine manufacturer.

11. P

ROPELLERS

Your Sea Ray ® has been equipped with propellers which our tests have shown to be the best suited for general use under normal conditions and load.

Under no circumstances use a propeller which allows the engine to operate at higher than maximum

RPM for your engine.

REFER TO ENGINE OPERATOR’S MANUAL

FOR MORE DETAILED INFORMATION.

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge) 2.13

ECTION

2 • G

ENERAL

OAT

RRANGEMENT

12. M

AJOR

ONTROLS

A. G

EAR

HIFTS AND

HROTTLE

ONTROLS

Standard on the 52 DB is the Hynautic ® gear shift and throttle engine controls. The helm controls have cables connecting them to the control unit boxes in the engine room. The engine room control units are connected to hydraulic actuators. The hydraulic actuators operate the gear shift and throttles on the engines.

REFER TO OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR

INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.

Your yacht has start in-gear protection. For safety’s sake and as a good habit to get into, always put the gear selector in the NEUTRAL position and the throttle selector in the IDLE position before starting the engines.

! WARNING

Shift selector(s) to NEUTRAL before starting engines.

Shift only when engine is at IDLE.

Reversing at high speeds can cause flooding/ swamping due to water being pushed over the transom.

! CAUTION

Shift quickly; easing into gear can damage the transmission.

Hydraulic controls FORWARD and REVERSE positions should always be in full travel extremes in either direction for positive engagement and minimum wear.

The gear shift levers have three positions:

FORWARD, NEUTRAL (center), and REVERSE.

The gear shift levers must be in the NEUTRAL position when starting the engines. A detent can be felt when the control is in exact neutral. Forward and reverse positions should always be in the full travel extremes in either direction for positive

engagement and minimum wear. Each gear shift lever can be used independently from the other, for example, when idling one shift can be put in forward and the other in reverse for tight maneuvering. Shift gears only with engines idling.

The throttle controls regulate the RPM of the engines. Pushing the levers forward will increase engine RPM. Regulating RPM of the engines will control the speed of the boat through the water.

NOTE: Prior to starting engines, put throttles at

IDLE and gearshifts in NEUTRAL.

NGINE

HIFT

& T

HROTTLE

UNCTIONS

. 2.14.1)

PORT STBD

FORWARD FULL THROTTLE

PORT STBD

NEUTRAL VARIABLE

2.14

REVERSE

ENGINE GEARSHIFTS

IDLE

ENGINE THROTTLES

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge)

ECTION

2 • G

ENERAL

OAT

RRANGEMENT

PERATION

1. Throttle Levers:

Forward motion - increases Throttle

Aft Motion - Decreases Throttle

2. Gearshift Levers:

Forward Position - FORWARD

Center Position - NEUTRAL

Aft Position - REVERSE

AINTENANCE

The gear and throttle lever bodies are made of anodized aluminum. To clean them, a warm soapy water solution should be used. DO NOT use an abrasive compound.

A. S

TANDARD

NGINE

YNCHRONIZER

1. Both engines MUST be in the same throttle position, running at the same rpm.

2. Turn ON “SYNC”switch located on the control station switch panel (See Figure 3.6.1)

3. Both engines will adjust to the same rpm. The master (port) throttle will control both engines.

Since the synchronizer is now controlling the slave (starboard) engine, the lever is “limp” or noneffective.

! WARNING

Adjust both throttles to the same position before turning the engine synchronization feature off. Failure to do so can cause a sudden port or starboard turn.

B. E

NGINE

YNCHRONIZER

The engine synchronization feature is used to control the speed of both engines, electronically, using one throttle lever.

When the engine synchronizers are in operation, any engine speed differential is immediately sensed and automatically corrected. A single throttle movement is all that is necessary to ensure that both engines maintain identical RPM.

When the 52 DB is equipped with the standard engines the sychronizer is turned on by the ENGINE

SYNC switch on the control station switch panel.

Optional engines come with the synchronizer provided by that engine manufacturer. Refer to your

Owner’s Manual Packet for correct synchronizer operating instructions.

REFER TO OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR

INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.

B. T

URN

NGINE

YNCHRONIZER

1. Both engines MUST be in the same throttle position.

2. Put the “ENGINE SYNC” switch in the OFF position. (Depress the bottom of the rockerswitch)

The engines will slowly ramp to their physical throttle settings.

! WARNING

The engine synchronization feature must be turned

OFF before docking or low speed maneuvering, this allows full and separate control of each engine. Failure to turn off the engine synchronization feature can cause personal injury, damage to the vessel, and/or the dock.

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge) 2.15

ECTION

2 • G

ENERAL

OAT

RRANGEMENT

C. H

YDRAULIC

RIM

ABS

! WARNING

MANEUVERING/CONTROL HAZARD

Ensure continuous visibility of other boats, swimmers, and obstacles during bow-up transition to planing.

YDRAULIC

RIM

ABS

. 2.16.1)

DOW

The trim tabs on your Sea Ray ® are operated with a rocker type momentary switch at the control station

(See Figure 2.8.1). They are protected by a circuit breaker on the control station breaker panel which must be ON to use the trim tabs.

To trim the bow of your boat down, push the top halves of BOTH rockers down in momentary bursts. If you hold the rockers down, you will over trim the boat and the bow will dig in. To correct overtrimming, push bottom halves of BOTH rockers to obtain desired planing angle.

A TRIM PLANE SWITCH (AT HELM)

HYDRAULIC RAMS

TRIM PLANE ZINC

TRIM PLANES

TRIM TAB PUMP

The two trim tabs on the transom of your boat can also be used to trim the list of your boat (See chart below) that may be caused by improper storage of gear, too many people on one side or a strong cross wind. Operation of the rocker switch should be momentary bursts to achieve proper attitude of the hull.

When running wide open, most boats do not require any trim unless heavily loaded.

The trim tab pump is located in the bilge on the inside of the transom (See figure 4.15.1). To service the unit, remove the tinted plastic cover to gain access to reservoir fill plug and motor parts.

Hydraulic trim tabs use Type A Dexron II automatic transmission fluid, which should be filled up to the

FULL mark on the pump base. Add fluid with the trim tabs in the up position only.

In heavy following seas or when running in an inlet, best maneuverability is obtained with a bow high attitude. To be sure the tabs are full up in the zero position, push the bottom halves of BOTH rockers for several seconds.

UNNING

TTITUDE

BOW UP

BOW DOWN

IST

......

PORT

STARBOARD

PORT

STARBOARD

USH

TOP OF BOTH ROCKERS

TOP OF STARBOARD ROCKER

TOP OF PORT ROCKER

BOTTOM OF STARBOARD ROCKER

BOTTOM OF PORT ROCKER

Your boat is designed to plane at a particular speed and weight distribution. As speed decreases or weight increases, the stern will settle lower in the water and the hull will push a hill of water, increasing drag and requiring more power to move through the water.

Hydraulic trim tabs are adjusted independently of each other, enabling adjustment of bow attitude up and down as well as to correct for side to side list. Trim tabs also provide attitude adjustment at lower speeds.

2.16

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge)

ECTION

2 • G

ENERAL

OAT

RRANGEMENT

FFECTS OF

RIMMING

. 2.17.1)

Use short bursts of rocker switches to adjust trim tabs. Pushing switches too far at once may cause sudden steering problems. Adjusting one trim tab more than the other will adjust list caused by improper equipment storage, too many people on one side or a strong cross wind.

REFER TO OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR

INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.

BOW-DOWN (“PLOWING”)

PROPER TRIM (3-5 ° BOW-UP ANGLE)

13. I

MPORTANT

AUGES

A. T

ACHOMETER

The tachometer indicates the revolutions per minute

(RPM) of the engine. (It does not indicate the speed of the boat.) Your Engine Operator’s Manual indicates the maximum full throttle RPM at which your engine should operate. This must not be exceeded or serious engine damage will occur. The tachometer should also be used to determine the most comfortable and economical cruising RPM.

ACHOMETER

. 2.17.2)

BOW-UP (“PORPOISING”)

EFFECTS OF PORT AND STBD TRIM TAB ADJUSTMENT

RPM

X1000

PORT TAB DOWN

TO PUSH

PORT STERN UP

STBD BOW DOWN

BOTH NEUTRAL

NO CHANGE IN LIST

STBD TAB DOWN

TO PUSH

STBD STERN UP

PORT BOW DOWN

A P

ROPERLY

RIMMED

OAT

• Operates at a correct running attitude of a 3 to

5 degree angle to the water (bow slightly up).

• Reduces drag and increases fuel efficiency.

• Preserves good forward visibility.

• Increases safety.

B. Q

UAD

AUGE (O

RESSURE

, W

ATER

EMPERATURE

, V

OLTMETER AND

UEL

AUGES

)

Your yacht is equipped with a quad gauge unit which displays, in analog format, engine oil pressure, water temperature, voltage and respective port and starboard fuel tank levels.

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge) 2.17

ECTION

2 • G

ENERAL

OAT

RRANGEMENT

ULTI

-G

AUGE

. 2.18.1)

OIL PRESSURE

100

PSI/kP

140

280

420

1/2

250

100

175

100

F/ C

FUEL GAUGE

WATER

TEMPERATURE

VOLTMETER

These gauges function on your boat the same way they do on your car or truck. You must continually check these gauges visually to make certain there are no engine system problems even if your boat engine has an alarm system.

RESSURE

AUGE

The oil gauge is often the best indicator of engine problems or difficulties.

Maximum pressure is controlled by a preset

100

140

280

420 valve in the oil pump. Note the reading which this gauge records after the

PSI/kP break-in- period, as it is the "norm" which can be used as reference during the life of the engine.

IF A COMPLETE LOSS OF OIL PRESSURE

OCCURS, TURN ENGINE OFF AT ONCE.

Continued running after loss of pressure will cause engine damage. First, manually check the oil level.

If low oil level is not the cause, consult your Sea

Ray ® dealer.

DO NOT RESTART THE ENGINE UNTIL THE

PROBLEM HAS BEEN CORRECTED.Slight

fluctuations in gauge readings are not uncommon during operation and may be due to the characteristics of the lubricating oil. Greater fluctuations should be investigated. The cause may be a clogged oil filter element which should be replaced with every oil change.

ATER

EMPERATURE

AUGE

The water temperature gauge indicates temperature of the cooling water circulating inside the engine. Your engine is equipped with a thermostat

100

250

175

100

F/ C so a predetermined engine temperature should be reached soon after starting the engine and maintained thereafter while the engine is running.

Refer to your Engine Operator’s Manual for proper gauge readings. If the temperature approaches above normal on your gauge, shut down engine at once.

OLTMETER

The voltmeter gauge indicates battery bank voltage. Normal engine operating voltage will range between 12.0 to 16.5

₀ ³

14 volts when the alternator is charging. Significantly higher or lower readings indicate a battery problem, alternator malfunction or heavy battery drain.

UEL

AUGE

The fuel gauge indicates the amount of fuel in the fuel tank. The most accurate reading of the fuel gauge is at idle speeds when your boat is in an approximately

PSI/kP

1/2

1 level position. At slow plane, when your boat is in a bow up position the gauge will read inaccurately because the fuel in the tanks travel to the rear of the tanks and away from the fuel sending unit.

Because gauge readings are approximate, they should be compared to the hours of use versus known fuel consumption (GPH).

2.18

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge)

ECTION

2 • G

ENERAL

OAT

RRANGEMENT

C. H

OURMETER

The hourmeters measure cumulative hours of operating time on the engines and generator. They should be used to keep a careful log of engine and generator maintenance as well as performance data and fuel consumption. Hourmeters for engines are located in different locations with varying engine options. Each location is described below:

Standard Engines: Engine hourmeters are incorporated into the SmartCraft TM System View digital display monitor. The SmartCraft TM monitor is located on upper control station console. Refer to the SmartCraft TM owner’s manual for proper operation.

Optional Engines: Engine hourmeters are located on the engine system monitor available with that engine. The engine system monitor is located on the dash. Refer to the engine or separate engine system monitor operator’s manual for proper operation.

Generator: The generator hourmeter is located on the generator and on the remote generator gauges located on the fuel crossover panel behind an access door in the aft port cockpit.

NOTE: The compass adjustment is only good for the equipment arrangement that existed at the time of the adjustment. If you place different equipment or remove equipment from the vicinity of the compass, you cannot rely on the compass reading.

The compass must be readjusted by a qualified person after equipment is added or removed from the vicinity of the compass.

NOTE: The compass roses shown on navigational charts have both true North and magnetic North directions superimposed. Make certain you plot course compass directions from the magnetic North compass rose. When not in use, the compass should be protected from excessive and prolonged sunlight. If your compass becomes sluggish or erratic, it should be serviced by an authorized repair station. To keep the plexiglass dome free from scratches, remove salt deposits and dust with a damp cloth. An occasional treatment with paste wax will help preserve the dome surface.

REFER TO OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR

INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.

D. M

AGNETIC

OMPASS

Your compass, properly corrected, will indicate magnetic North (not true

North). A compass must be adjusted by a qualified person. The reason for this is that nearby instruments or objects containing magnets or current-carrying electrical wires will influence the compass reading. This is especially true if you add electronic devices to the helm station.

After your compass has been professionally adjusted. You will be given a deviation card or chart indicating the correction to be applied when laying out a compass course or making navigational calculations. Keep this correction card or chart at the helm.

14. E

NGINE

ONITORING

YSTEMS

A. S

MART

RAFT

TM S

YSTEM

IEW

ITH

TANDARD

NGINE

)

Your boat may be equipped with the SmartCraft TM

System View system. The System View Display is a comprehensive boat information center. System

View allows the boat operator to receive a wealth of critical operational information, displayed clearly and instantly at the helm on the LCD display. The System View continuously monitors and reports information ranging from basic operating data to detailed vessel environment information.

System View Covers:

• Air & Water Temperature

• Fuel Flow / Range

• Water Depth

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge) 2.19

ECTION

2 • G

ENERAL

OAT

RRANGEMENT

MART

RAFT TM

YSTEM

IEW

OME

CREEN

)

. 2.20.1)

B. S

YSTEMS

ONITOR

The Systems Monitor consists of a Display Control

Module (DCM) located at the control station and a

Bilge Interface Module (BIM) located on the engine room component board. The DCM and BIM are connected to each other by a coax cable and the

BIM is continuously looking at all inputs for an alarm condition.

YSTEMS

ONITOR

ISPLAY

ONTROL

ONITOR

(DCM)

.2.20.2)

SEA RAY BOATS

• Engine Alarms / Hourmeters

• Engine Synchronizer Display

• GPS Interface

• System Maintenance Records

System View can be fully integrated with the boat’s

GPS, if equipped, to provide up to the minute course, speed, and fuel-to-destination information.

Note: The detailed information listed which is standard on some models may be optional on others, or may not be available on some models based on engine and system configuration.

Refer to the SmartCraft TM System View owner’s manual in the owner’s packet for all SmartCraft TM operating instructions.

AUDIBLE RESET

The Systems Monitor is connected directly to the

12 volt battery bank through a circuit breaker and continuously monitors two emergency high water pumps, two bilge pumps and the bilge heat detector.

The engine and generator functions are only active when ignition voltage is turned on. The circuit breaker is on the main DC breaker panel located on the engine room component board (See Fig.

6.4.1).

YSTEM

ALIBRATION

IRST

IME

)

When using SmartCraft TM System View for the first time the system must be calibrated before normal use.

The Sea Ray ® manufacturer or your Sea Ray ® dealer has already done this for you. If the system needs to be recalibrated at some time, refer to the

System Calibration section of the SmartCraft TM System View owner’s manual found in the owner’s packet.

The BIM collects signals from critical engine functions, generator oil pressure, bilge pumps, high water emergency bilge pumps and bilge heat detection and transmits that information to be displayed on the DCM.

The features of the DCM include a two line LCD display with backlighting of the display, audible alarm and an Audible Reset/Alarm Select push button switch.

2.20

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge)

ECTION

2 • G

ENERAL

OAT

RRANGEMENT

The LCD display will read in two lines. For example, at normal operation it will read:

SEA RAY BOATS

ALL SYSTEMS NORMAL

NOTE: Some functions only read on one line. See page 2.23 (DCM functions) for all DCM display readouts.

Backlighting of the LCD is achieved by turning ON the navigation lights switch. Intensity is controlled by the electronic dimmer control. Both are located on the control station switch panel.

C. A

UDIBLE

LARMS

CAUTION

Never ignore an alarm.

An audible alarm will sound to alert the operator to look at the DCM and determine the high level fault.

Only high level faults such as critical engine functions, generator, emergency pumps and bilge heat detector will have an audible alarm. The forward and aft bilge pumps do not have an audible alarm, instead the DCM will display those functions.

UDIBLE

ESET

LARM

ELECT

The Audible Reset/Alarm Select push button switch on the DCM is a dual purpose switch. It enables the operator to reset an audible alarm or to manually scroll the display during multiple alarms.

The Audible Reset is used to temporarily quiet an alarm that is displayed on the LCD. If that function is not corrected within 30 seconds, the audible alarm will sound again. Pushing the switch again will permanently quiet (turn off) the audible alarm for that function. The LCD will still display that fault until it is corrected.

The Alarm Select is active only during multiple alarms. For example, if the engine oil pressure, forward emergency pump and transmission temperature had faults at the same time, the systems monitor would sound an audible alarm and would display the alarm with the highest priority.

Each push of the switch will show the new alarm and then the LCD will automatically scroll through the multiple alarm functions approximately every three (3) seconds. By pushing on the switch, the operator will be able to manually scroll the LCD for faulting functions.

To monitor critical engine functions and generator oil pressure:

The 12 volt main battery solenoid switches must be energized either at the main DC breaker panel on the aft port engine room component board or the DC distribution panel on the port side just aft of the galley.

At the DC distribution panel, turn the port and starboard master ignition key switches to the

ON position.

At the control station, locate the port and starboard START/RUN switches. Without starting the engines, push the START/RUN switches to the RUN position. The Display

Control Monitor (DCM) will display:

SEA RAY BOATS

ALL SYSTEMS NORMAL

NOTE: The generator and Detroit diesel engines will have an alarm as soon as ignition is turned on.

Star t the engines per the engine star t instructions in Section 3, page 3.4.

Start the generator per the generator start instructions in Section 3, page 3.8.

With the main engines and generator engine running, the yacht’s Systems Monitor is fully activated. When the engine and generator engine ignition is turned

OFF, approximately five (5) minutes later the LCD will go into a “Sleep Mode” and the display will be blank. Engine and generator functions are disabled because they are unnecessary, however, the bilge heat detector and all pumps are still being monitored.

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge) 2.21

ECTION

2 • G

ENERAL

OAT

RRANGEMENT

The following DCM Function Table will name each function, describe the function and show how it is displayed on the DCM.

If your Systems Monitor does not operate or display functions correctly per the instructions provided, recycle the circuit breaker by pushing the circuit breaker to the OFF position and then pushing it to the ON position. Use a small tool that will fit through the hole to push the breaker to the OFF position.

2.22

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge)

ECTION

2 • G

ENERAL

OAT

RRANGEMENT

ISPLAY

ONTROL

ODULE

(DCM) F

UNCTION

ABLE

ESCRIPTION

UNCTION

Normal Operation

BIM Coax Cable to DCM

Forward Emergency *

Aft Emergency *

Forward Bilge

Aft Bilge

Oil Pressure *

Water Temperature *

Forward Emergency Pump Under the

Master Stateroom Hatch is Running

Aft Emergency Pump in the Engine

Room is Running

Forward of Bilge Bulkhead

Aft Bilge Pump in the Engine Room is Running

Engine Oil Pressure Too Low

Transmission Temperature * Transmission Cooling System is Hot

Exhaust Temperature *

No Alarms

Cable Connection Fault

Engine Cooling System Too Hot

Engine Malfunction, Exhaust Too Hot

DCM

SEA RAY BOATS

ALL SYSTEMS NORMAL

DATA LINK FAILURE

ALARM SYSTEM OFF-LINE

PUMP ALARM

FORWARD EMERGENCY

PUMP ALARM

AFT EMERGENCY

PUMP ALARM

FORWARD BILGE

PUMP ALARM

AFT BILGE

PORT (OR STBD) ENGINE ALARM

OIL PRESSURE

PORT (OR STBD) ENGINE ALARM

WATER TEMPERATURE

PORT (OR STBD) ENGINE ALARM

TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE

PORT (OR STBD) ENGINE ALARM

EXHAUST TEMPERATURE

* function has an audible alarm.

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge) 2.23

ECTION

2 • G

ENERAL

OAT

RRANGEMENT

15. N

AVIGATION AND

NCHOR

IGHTS

Navigation lights MUST be on while underway from sunset to sunrise or in conditions of reduced visibility. “Underway” means the boat is not docked or at anchor. Trolling or drifting with engine off is considered “underway” and navigation lights must be used.

If you are anchored in open water, i.e. where other boats can approach yours, you must display your anchor light: a white light that can be seen from all possible directions, i.e. 360 degrees.

Read the “Federal Requirements and Safety Tips for Recreational Boats” provided in your kit.

PERATE

UNNING

IGHTS

Push RUNNING switch on control station switch panel to the ON position.

PERATE

NCHOR

IGHTS

Push ANCHOR switch on control station switch panel to the ON position.

Your boat is equipped with a sport spoiler. If you opt to install additional equipment on the spoiler or optional hard top, it then becomes your responsibility to reevaluate your lighting situation to make certain the navigation lights on your boat meet government navigational lighting requirements. You will most likely have to raise the mast light. Consider the weight of the equipment you install; be certain it is not to heavy for your sport spoiler or optional hard top.

A. C

ONSOLE

IMMER

There is a DIMMER control switch located on the control station switch panel (Figure 2.8.1) which controls the intensity of the switch panel lights. The switch panel lights are energized when the navigation running lights are turned on. The gauge lights intensity is controlled by the SmartCraft TM

Systems Monitor.

AVIGATION

IGHTS

. 2.24.1)

RED LIGHT

(VISIBLE 2

NAUTICAL MILES)

ALL-ROUND &

FORWARD LIGHT,

WHITE LIGHT

(VISIBLE 3 NAUTICAL MILES)

GREEN LIGHT

(VISIBLE 2

NAUTICAL MILES)

STERN LIGHT,

WHITE LIGHT

(VISIBLE 2

NAUTICAL MILES)

2.24

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge)

ECTION

2 • G

ENERAL

OAT

RRANGEMENT

16. S

WITCH AND

ECEPTACLE

AYOUT

( L

OWER

EVEL

)

OWER

EVEL

WITCHES

& R

ECEPTACLES

. 2.25.1)

INSIDE

OUTSIDE

COOL

HEAT

MANUAL

COOLING

HEATING

DOWN SET UP

TEMP

COOL OFF HEAT

SLOW

FAN

FAST

SMX tr

D E

H I

G H I

INSIDE

OUTSIDE

COOL

HEAT

MANUAL

COOLING

HEATING

DOWN

SET

TEMP

COOL OFF HEAT

SLOW FAN FAST

SMX tr

A/C CONTROL

GFI

MASTER STATEROOM

MASTER STATEROOM INDIRECT

BUNK LAMPS

STATEROOM COMPANIONWAY

MASTER HEAD

FUSE

POWER VENT

WASTE INDICATOR

CO MONITOR

STARBOARD STATEROOM

INDIRECT

STATEROOM

110 RECEPTACLE

VACUUM INLET

TELEPHONE JACK

PORT STATEROOM INDIRECT

BUNK LAMPS

PORT STATEROOM

GUEST HEAD

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge) 2.25

ECTION

2 • G

ENERAL

OAT

RRANGEMENT

WITCH AND

ECEPTACLE

AYOUT

ALON

EVEL

)

ALON

EVEL

WITCHES

& R

ECEPTACLES

. 2.26.1)

A B C

X E

G H

I E

INSIDE

OUTSIDE

COOL

HEAT

MANUAL

COOLING

HEATING

DOWN

SET UP

TEMP

COOL OFF HEAT

SLOW FAN FAST

SMX tr

2.26

STATEROOM COMPANIONWAY

SALON

SALON INDIRECT

BILGE

110 RECEPTACLE

GALLEY

GALLEY OVERHEAD

H FUSE

POWER VENT

12 VOLT ACCESSORY

GLOMEX

VACUUM HOSE INLET

STEREO REMOTE

COCKPIT LIGHT

DAVIT REMOTE

RECEPTACLE (OPTIONAL)

ISO BOOST MODULE

GFI RECEPTACLE

BILGE

SALON

SALON INDIRECT

COCKPIT

SALON

A/C CONTROL

TELEPHONE JACK

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge)

ECTION

2 • G

ENERAL

OAT

RRANGEMENT

WITCH AND

ECEPTACLE

AYOUT

RIDGE

)

RIDGE

WITCHES

& R

ECEPTACLES

. 2.27.1)

F A

MANU

AL AUTO

INGUISHIN

MATIC

G SYSTEM

Upon sy stem

Engin e ge, shu t down stem s

FOR MANU

AL O

REMO

PERA

VE PIN

PULL HAN

TION

DLE

A 12 VOLT ACCESSORY

FIRE EXTINGUISHER MANUAL PULL

BRIDGE LIGHTS

COCKPIT LIGHTS

COVERED 110 RECEPTACLE

STEREO REMOTE

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge) 2.27

ECTION

2 • G

ENERAL

OAT

RRANGEMENT

17. L

IGHTING

AYOUT

OWER

EVEL

)

OWER

EVEL

IGHTING

. 2.28.1)

BUNK LAMP

STORAGE LIGHT

A A

F F

BULB REPLACEMENT

HALOGEN 12V 10W

BI-PRONG

ROUND LIGHT

BULB REPLACEMENT

HALOGEN 12V 10W

BI-PRONG

SHOWER LIGHT

BULB REPLACEMENT

BULB#CEC1141

SWIVEL LIGHT

BULB REPLACEMENT

HALOGEN 12V 10W

BI-PRONG

AC LOW

VOLTAGE LIGHT

BULB REPLACEMENT

FUSE TYPE BULB

#12864 12V5W

STEP LIGHT

BULB REPLACEMENT

XELOGEN 12V 10W

BI-PRONG

LOW VOLTAGE

LIGHTING

TRANSFORMER

LED

A A

E E

IN UTILITY ROOM (GALLEY MID

FLOOR ACCESS)

2.28

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge)

ECTION

2 • G

ENERAL

OAT

RRANGEMENT

IGHTING

AYOUT

ALON

EVEL

)

ALON

EVEL

IGHTING

. 2.29.1)

ROUND LIGHT

AC LOW

VOLTAGE LIGHT

BULB REPLACEMENT

HALOGEN 12V 10W

BI-PRONG

STEP LIGHT

BULB REPLACEMENT

XELOGEN 12V 10W

BI-PRONG

LOW VOLTAGE

LIGHTING

TRANSFORMER

LED

COCKPIT

OVERHEAD LIGHT

STORAGE LIGHT

BULB REPLACEMENT

XELOGEN 12V 10W

BI-PRONG

COCKPIT LIGHT

BULB REPLACEMENT

FUSE TYPE BULB

#12864 12V5W

INSIDE TRANSOM

BULB REPLACEMENT

FUSE TYPE BULB

#12V10WPERKO #70-0

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge) 2.29

ECTION

2 • G

ENERAL

OAT

RRANGEMENT

IGHTING

AYOUT

( B

RIDGE

)

RIDGE

IGHTING

. 2.30.1)

BRIDGE

NAV. LIGHT

ROUND LIGHT

WITH RED FILTER

(UNDERSIDE OF UPPER

CONSOLE)

BULB REPLACEMENT

BULB #70DP/67DP2 B

BULB REPLACEMENT

XELOGEN 12V 10W

BI-PRONG

COCKPIT LIGHT

BULB REPLACEMENT

FUSE TYPE BULB

#12V10WPERKO #70-0

ROUND LIGHT

BULB REPLACEMENT

XELOGEN 12V 10W

BI-PRONG

IGHTING

AYOUT

( H

ARDTOP

)

ARDTOP

IGHTING

. 2.30.2)

FORWARD MAST

NAV. LIGHT

ALL-ROUND

MAST LIGHT

BULB REPLACEMENT

FUSE TYPE BULB

24V10WPERKO #70 B

BULB REPLACEMENT

FUSE TYPE BULB

24V10WPERKO #70

2.30

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge)

ECTION

3 • U

SING

OUR

OAT

1. P

REPARING TO

EPART

As the owner/operator of a Sea Ray ® yacht, you are responsible for the safe operation of your boat and the safety of your passengers. Always be sure that required documents, navigational equipment and Coast Guard required safety equipment is aboard and in proper working order.

ENERAL

1. Weather forecast - Safe conditions existing for length of trip.

2. Passengers/Crew - Instructed in duties for getting underway and fitted for a correct size

PFD. One (1) PFD for every person aboard.

3. Tool Box - Stocked with a variety of appropriate tools.

4. Lines, Fenders and Anchor - Ready for use.

5. Float Plan - shared with friend or relative not on trip.

6. Navigation Charts - Available for trip.

OAT

YSTEMS

1. Equipment - Make sure all equipment is stored properly.

2. Radio and Navigation Equipment - Check for proper working condition.

3. Bilge/Engine Compartment - “Sniff” the bilge/ engine compartment for fuel odor. Run the bilge blowers for at least Four (4) minutes. Confirm air flow through hull vents.

4. Bilge Pumps - Assure that all bilge pumps function properly.

5. Shore Power Cable - Disconnected from dockside power inlet.

6. Trim Tabs - Full range of motion. No excessive play or binding.

7. Fresh Water Tank - Filled and sanitized.

8. Head System Holding Tank - Empty

9. Seacocks - Open (handle parallel to hose).

NGINE

1. Fuel - Be sure that you have sufficient recommended fuel for the trip.

2. Fuel System - Check for leaks.

3. Racor Fuel Filters - Check that filters are clean, tight and free of water.

4. Fluid levels - Check engine oil and steering fluid levels.

5. Coolant Drain Plugs - Secured

6. Batteries - Fully charged (Check water cell levels).

7. Battery Switches - Check for proper working condition.

8. Fuel valves - Open

9. Engine Alarm - Test. Should sound after a few seconds.

10. Gear Shift and Throttle Controls - Full range of motion. In NEUTRAL and IDLE positions.

2. W

HILE

NDERWAY

ENERAL

1. Passengers/crew - Safely seated with PFD’s on or immediately accessible. Keep passengers safe.

2. Lines, fenders and anchor - Safely stowed.

3. Operation - Gradual acceleration/deceleration and turning.

4. Surroundings - Be aware of other boats, swimmers, floating debris, etc. at all times.

5. Carbon Monoxide (CO) - Operate so as to prevent buildup.

6. Weather - Monitor frequently.

7. Navigation - Adhere to navigational aids in the water and on shore.

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge) 3.1

ECTION

3 • U

SING

OUR

OAT

8. Fuel - Check consumption regularly.

OAT

YSTEMS

1. Trim Tabs - Bring boat to “On Plane”.

2. Navigation Lights - On at night or in reduced visibility.

NGINE

1. Tachometers - Engines operating in safe RPM range (refer to the Engine Owner’s Manual for your specific engine).

2. Engine Gauges - Monitor continually.

3. Engine Operation - Check idle and shift. Listen for abnormal noises and visually check the engine compartment while underway.

3. R

ETURNING TO

ORT

ENERAL

1. Passengers/crew - Instructed in duties for line handling.

2. Lines, fenders and anchor - Ready for use.

OAT

YSTEMS

1. Anchor Light - ON if necessary.

2. Bilge/Engine Compartment - “Sniff” the bilge/ engine compartment for fuel odor. Run the bilge blowers if necessary. Check for water in the bilge. Run bilge pumps if necessary.

NGINES

1. Gearshift & Throttle Controls - Bring to

NEUTRAL and IDLE positions.

2. Tachometers - Idle the engines for five (5) minutes to cool down.

3. Ignition - Depress engine STOP switches on the helm switch panel when engines are cooled down.

4. Engine Operation - Check idle and shift. Listen for abnormal noises.

3.2

4. S

ECURING THE

OAT

ENERAL

1. Shore Power Cables - Connected to dockside power inlet.

2. Fenders and Lines - Fenders in place, lines tied securely to dock.

3. Equipment - Dry and stored.

4. Float Plan - Notify person who had float plan that you have returned.

5. Canvas - Properly install canvas covers

6. Hull - Inspect for damage

OAT

YSTEMS

1. Seacocks - Closed (handle perpendicular to hose).

2. Helm Switch Panel - All switches in the OFF position.

3. Gearshift/Throttle Controls - In the

NEUTRAL and IDLE position.

4. Navigation Lights - Turned OFF.

NGINES

1. Ignition - Switched in the OFF position (lights off) and master ignition keys removed from DC distribution panel.

2. Battery Switches - In the OFF position.

3. Fuel Valves - Closed (handle perpendicular to hose).

5. F

UELING THE

OAT

NOTICE

RECOMMENDED FUEL:

#2 Diesel Fuel

Cer tain precautions must be carefully and completely observed every time a boat is fueled,

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge)

ECTION

3 • U

SING

OUR

OAT even with diesel fuel. Diesel fuel is nonexplosive but it will burn.

UEL

ILL

OCATIONS

. 3.3.1)

PORT FUEL

TANK FILL

STARBOARD

FUEL TANK FILL

A. G

ENERAL

• Fuel during daylight.

• Fire extinguisher – close at hand.

• Mooring – boat tied securely to fueling pier.

• Crew – at least one knowledgeable person present.

• Passengers – unnecessary people off the boat.

• Engines – stopped.

• Electrical equipment, including blowers – power off.

• Close all hatches, doors and keep engine compartment closed to prevent fumes from entering the cabin or cockpit areas.

• Smoking material – extinguished.

• Inboard tanks – grounded.

• Filler pipe – marked DIESEL.

• Fuel nozzle – in contact with filler pipe to prevent static sparks.

• Avoid spills – fill less than rated capacity of tank; allow for fuel expansion.

• Trim – fuel weight distributed equally.

B. F

ILLING THE

ANKS

• Check the fill plate label to ensure that fuel is placed ONLY in the fuel tank. The fuel fill plates are located on the port deck walkway (Figure

3.3.1).

• Know your fuel capacity and consumption.

Record the amount of fuel used since your last fill up, and compute the engine’s hourly fuel usage. As a fuel gauge backup check, deduct the average hourly fuel usage from fuel tank capacity.

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge)

• Observe the “Rule of Thirds”: one-third fuel for trip out, one-third for return and one-third for reserve.

• Allow an additional 15 percent fuel reserve when operating in rough seas.

• Listen as the tank fills and stop adding fuel before it spills from the fuel fill opening.

C. A

FTER

ILLING

• Windows, doors, hatches - open.

• DO NOT wash spilled fuel overboard. Wipe up any spill with rags or paper towels and dispose of them properly on shore.

• Sniff test - if fuel fumes remain, operate blowers until fumes are gone.

• Fuel tank - secure filler cap.

6. B

OARDING

• DO NOT overload the boat and load to less than capacity in adverse conditions.

• Board one person at a time and give assistance as needed.

3.3

ECTION

3 • U

SING

OUR

OAT

! WARNING

Wet decks are slippery.

You can be seriously injured if you slip and fall.

Wear slip-resistant footwear secured to your feet and hold onto rails or boat structure.

• Transfer gear and equipment by handing it from a person on the dock to a person on board. You can lose your balance and be injured if you attempt to board while carrying equipment or gear.

• Distribute the weight of equipment and passengers as evenly as possible to keep the boat balanced.

• Stow gear and equipment so that it is accessible, but everything is to be stored in places so as to prevent it from flying about if the boat encounters rough water or weather.

8. P

ASSENGER

NSTRUCTION AND

OCATION

• Everyone on board must be told about the boat’s behavior from starting to getting up on plane.

• Before the operator does any high-speed maneuvers or rapidly accelerates or decelerates the boat, passengers must be warned to sit and hold on and must heed the warning.

• The operator may have to make rapid changes in speed and/or direction to avoid a problem, with little or no time for alerting passengers. It is critical that all passengers be seated in the designated seating areas and holding on to prevent falling overboard or getting knocked about in the boat at all times when the boat is underway.

7. P

ERSONAL

LOTATION

EVICES

(PFD’

)

• Operator must instruct all passengers on location and use of PFD’s (See Section 1-

Safety, page 4 for type and usage).

• Children less than sixteen (16) years of age and all non-swimmers, adults as well as children, must wear properly-sized PFDs at all times when aboard.

• ALL passengers should wear PFDs. By the time someone falls overboard, it can be to late for them to put on a PFD and fasten it properly.

This is especially true in colder waters, below

70 o F, where survival time, before hypothermia sets in, is measured in minutes.

• If there are passengers not wearing PFDs, the

PFDs must be readily accessible. “Readily accessible” means out of the storage bag and unbuckled.

• All throwable flotation devices (cushions, rings, etc.) must be right at hand.

9. S

TARTING THE

NGINES

The engine operation and maintenance manual furnished with your boat describes pre-start and starting procedures. The following notes are basic reminders and not intended to cover every detail of starting. We urge you to thoroughly read and understand your engine manual.

Check battery solenoids for

ENERGIZED position (see

Section 6 – Electrical

System, Fig. 6.3.1).

MAIN BATTERY SOLENOIDS

PORT

GEN

ENERGIZE

STBD

DE-ENERGIZE

! WARNING

DO NOT run the engine or generator in an enclosed area, such as a closed boat house, as there is the possibility of buildup and inhaling of carbon monoxide.

Check the fuel tank levels.

PSI/kP

1/2

3.4

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge)

ECTION

3 • U

SING

OUR

OAT

Check the oil and coolant levels. See your Engine

Operator’s Manual for proper readings.

Check engines for coolant drain plug installations.

Check seacocks for open position

Make sure strainers are clean and water tight (see

Section 4 – Bilge and

Underwater Gear, page

4.13).

Check fuel filters for tightness

Check the bilge for fuel fumes or liquid. Do not start the engines until the source of fumes is determined and corrected and the bilge area is safely ventilated.

Tur n on the master key switches located on the DC

MASTER IGNITION

PORT distribution panel (see

Section 6 – Electrical

System, pg. 6.9). Listen for alarms which indicate ignition power.

STBD

NOTE: Ignition switches on the control station must be in the RUN position.

10. After ignition power is verified, check the gear shift lever(s) in the NEUTRAL position and the throttle lever(s) at IDLE.

FORWARD

PORT STBD

NEUTRAL

REVERSE

ENGINE GEARSHIFTS

PORT STBD

FULL

THROTTLE

VARIABLE

ENGINE THROTTLES

IDLE

11. Push on the top of the ignition switches until the engines start. Do not operate starter for more than 10 seconds

PORT

IGNITION

EMERGENCY

START

STBD

IGNITION without allowing starter to cool for two (2) minutes. This will also allow the batteries to recover between starting attempts.

Once engine has started and sufficient oil pressure is achieved, alarm buzzer will stop.

Important: Check engine RPM on tachometer as soon as engine starts. Do not allow RPM

to exceed 1,500. Move throttle lever down to decrease RPM.

Note: Alarm will sound when:

• Engine oil pressure is too low.

• Engine temperature is too hot.

• Transmission oil is too low.

• Transmission temperature is too hot.

• Engine stalls.

• Exhaust temperature too high.

12. Check the oil pressure and look at exhaust por t to assure that engine is pumping water.

OIL PRESSURE

100

PSI/kP

140

280

420

1/2

250

100

175

100

F/ C

13. Let the engines warm up at idle and check for leaks. If engine is cold, run for a short period of time at fast idle speed that does not exceed

1500 RPM.

100

PSI/kP

140

280

420

14. Shut down the engines and recheck fluid levels; top off if necessary.

NOTE: For general operation of the boat, its instruments and the engine, follow detailed instructions on “Engine Break-in” in the Engine

Operator’s Manual.

REFER TO OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR

INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge) 3.5

ECTION

3 • U

SING

OUR

OAT

10. E

NGINE

PERATION

WITCHES

ITH

UMMINS

IESEL

NGINES

)

NGINE

WITCH

ANEL

. 3.6.1) synchronization feature must be turned off before docking or low-speed maneuvering; this allows full and separate control of each engine. Failure to turn off the engine synchronization feature can cause personal injury, damage to the vessel, and/or the dock.

The engine synchronization feature is used to electronically control the speed of both engines using one throttle lever.

REFER TO ENGINE OWNER’S MANUAL FOR

COMPLETE OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS.

control feature provide two adjustable engine speeds. The cruise control can be used to run the engine(s) at the optimal cruise rpm or trolling rpm.

CRUISE 1 has a default setting of 2100 rpm.

CRUISE 2 has a default setting of 1200 rpm.

Note: The marine cruise control feature can be used in conjunction with the engine synchronization feature.

REFER TO ENGINE OWNER’S MANUAL FOR

COMPLETE OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS.

ENGINE

SYNC

CRUISE

1 & 2

CRUISE 1

OFF

CRUISE 2

SLOW

IDLE

SLOW

IDLE

RPM

+/-

RPM

STATION

SELECT

STATION

SELECT

Pressing the top of the switch increases (+) engine rpm.

Pressing the bottom of the switch deceases (-) engine rpm.

Note: Use slow deliberate clicks to increase or decrease the engine rpm.

lower idle speed for operation in “No Wake

Zones”. When activated, the SLOW-IDLE feature reduces the engine speed to 550 rpm.

REFER TO ENGINE OWNER’S MANUAL FOR

COMPLETE OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS.

allows the operator to control the engine sync from either the upper or optional lower control station.

REFER TO ENGINE OWNER’S MANUAL FOR

COMPLETE OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS.

3.6

switch allows the idle speed to be adjusted in

25-rpm increments by pressing the rocker switch.

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge)

ECTION

3 • U

SING

OUR

OAT

11. S

HIFTING TO

RIVE THE

OAT

Standard on the 52 DB are dual electric gear shift and throttle engine controls. However, your yacht may be equipped with electric or hydraulic throttle control(s). There are different functions and operating and maintenance instructions which must be followed. Read and understand the information in the Owner’s Manual Packet for your yacht model’s gear and throttle control.

NGINE

HIFT AND

HROTTLE

UNCTIONS

. 3.8.1)

PORT STBD PORT STBD

FULL

THROTTLE

FORWARD

NEUTRAL

VARIABLE

REVERSE

ENGINE GEARSHIFTS ENGINE THROTTLES

IDLE

A. G

EAR

HIFTS AND

HROTTLE

ONTROLS

The gear shift lever for each engine (twin lever controls on port side of the control station) (See

Figure 2.8.1) has three positions: FORWARD,

NEUTRAL and REVERSE. The control lever must be in the NEUTRAL (center) position when starting the engine(s). A positioning indent can be felt when the control is in exact NEUTRAL. FORWARD and

REVERSE positions should always be in full travel extremes in either direction for a positive engagement and minimum wear.

The throttle controls (twin lever controls on starboard side of control station) (See Figure 2.8.1) regulate the RPM of the engines. Periodically check and seasonally lubricate the linkage with medium weight oil.

NOTE: Prior to starting engines, put throttles at IDLE and gearshifts in NEUTRAL.

! WARNING

Shift selector(s) to NEUTRAL before starting engines.

Shift only when engine is at IDLE.

Reversing at high speeds can cause flooding/ swamping due to water being pushed over the transom.

! CAUTION

Shift quickly; easing into gear can damage the transmission.

Hydraulic controls FORWARD and REVERSE positions should always be in full travel extremes in either direction for positive engagement and minimum wear.

! CAUTION

Cockpit can fill with water if boat is moving forward, when it is put into reverse.

Before shifting into reverse, shift to neutral, wait for the boat to stop moving forward, then shift into reverse.

B. O

PERATION

1. Throttle Levers:

Forward Motion = Increases Throttle

Aft Motion = Decreases Throttle

2. Gearshift Levers:

Forward Position = FORWARD

Center Position = NEUTRAL

Aft Position = REVERSE

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge) 3.7

ECTION

3 • U

SING

OUR

OAT

AINTENANCE

The gearshift and throttle lever bodies are made of anodized aluminum. To clean them, a warm soapy water solution should be used. DO NOT use an abrasive compound.

NOTE: Refer to your engine Owner’s Manual to operate the throttle arm by hand for maintenance.

REFER TO OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR

INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.

13. S

TARTING THE

ENERATOR

NOTICE

Pre-start generator prior to getting underway as there is a possibility that it will not pick up water if started underway. Make sure the MAIN GENERATOR breaker is OFF and there is no load on the generator before starting it.

! WARNING

DO NOT run the engine or generator in an enclosed area, such as a closed boat house, as there is the possibility of buildup and inhaling of carbon monoxide.

12. S

TOPPING THE

NGINES

1. Bring throttle controls to

IDLE position.

2. Bring gear shift controls to NEUTRAL position.

. 3.8.2)

PORT STBD

FORWARD

NEUTRAL

PORT STBD

FULL

THROTTLE

VARIABLE

REVERSE

3. Secure mooring lines.

ENGINE GEARSHIFTS

ENGINE THROTTLES

4. Idle for five (5) minutes to cool the engines.

IDLE

5. Switch momentary start switch or ignition key to OFF position.

PORT

IGNITION

EMERGENCY

START

STBD

IGNITION

MASTER IGNITION

PORT STBD

Sea Ray ® strongly urges you to fully comply with the manual provided by the generator manufacturer. The generator is warranted separately by the generator manufacturer, NOT Sea Ray ® . Follow the recommended maintenance and warranty schedule in your Generator Operator’s Manual included in the

Owner’s Manual Packet. Generator abuse or improper maintenance may adversely affect claims made under generator manufacturer separate warranty.

(Remote control switches are located on the main distribution panel or local switches on the generator.)

Check fuel tank levels.

PSI/kP

1/2

6. Turn battery switches OFF.

MAIN BATTERY SOLENOIDS

PORT

GEN

ENERGIZE

STBD

DE-ENERGIZE

Check oil and coolant levels. See Generator

Operator’s Manual for proper readings.

3.8

Check generator for coolant drain plug installation.

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge)

ECTION

3 • U

SING

OUR

OAT

Open the generator seacock.

Make sure strainers are clean and water tight (see

Section 4 – Bilge and

Underwater Gear, page

4.13).

(b) Depress and hold the “START/PREHEAT” switch. The starter motor will run, thereby cranking the generator engine.

PREHEAT” switch when generator starts.

GENERATOR

ON START/PREHEAT

RUN

10. Check generator exhaust port to verify that water is flowing. If not, shut generator down and refer

STOP/ PRIME

SEE OWNERS MANUAL FOR

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS to your Generator Operator’s Manual.

PREHEAT/

STATUS

R EA D T H E O WN E R ’ S MA N UA L I N T H E

OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR YOUR

GENERATOR MODEL.

Check generator fuel filter for tightness

Check the bilge for fuel fumes or liquid. Do not start the engines until the source of fumes is determined and corrected and the bilge area is safely ventilated.

Run the bilge blowers for at least four minutes before starting and any time the generator is running. If fuel fumes are detected, do not start the generator until the source of fumes is determined and corrected and the bilge area is safely ventilated.

9. (a) Press the “ON” switch.

Supplies power to Auto

Fire Extinguisher and

Systems Monitor on helm to monitor generator.

GENERATOR

ON START/PREHEAT

RUN

STOP/ PRIME

SEE OWNERS MANUAL FOR

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

PREHEAT/

STATUS

14. S

HIFTING

ROM

HORE

OWER TO

ENERATOR

OWER

Turn all AC systems and branch circuit breakers

OFF. Turn both main breakers on the main distribution panel OFF.

Start the generator.

Slide the source select shuttle mechanism on the main distribution panel to expose the GENERATOR breaker(s) and turn it ON.

Turn the individual system breakers ON.

POWER

100 200

300

AC VOLTS

GENERATOR

POWER

MAIN DISTRIBUTION PANEL

0 100

200

300

AC VOLTS

SHORE

240 VOLT AC

AIR CONDITIONER

PUMP & RELAY

FWD AIR

CONDITIONER

SALON AIR

CONDITIONER #1

SALON AIR

CONDITIONER #2

10 20 30 40

AC AMPERES

ACCESSORY

STOVE

WATER HEATER

AFT AIR

CONDITIONER

BRIDGE/COCKPIT

AIR CONDITIONER

ACCESSORY

GENERATOR SHORE

PRIOR TO CONNECTING OR DISCONNECTING SHORE

POWER CABLE, TURN OFF PANEL MAIN BREAKER

AND BREAKER AT DOCKSIDE RECEPTACLE OR

SHORE POWER CABLE MAY BE DAMAGED.

120 VOLTS AC

GALLEY SYSTEMS

PORT SYSTEMS

BATTERY CHARGER

BOW THRUSTER

BATTERY CHARGER

ACCESSORY

STBD SYSTEMS

AFT SYSTEMS

MICROWAVE

REFRIGERATOR/

FREEZER

WASHER/DRYER

ACCESSORY

GENERATOR SHORE

POWER

100 200

300

AC VOLTS

GENERATOR

10 20 30 40

AC AMPERES

POWER

MAIN DISTRIBUTION PANEL

100 200

AC VOLTS

SHORE

300

240 VOLT AC

AIR CONDITIONER

PUMP & RELAY

FWD AIR

CONDITIONER

SALON AIR

CONDITIONER #1

SALON AIR

CONDITIONER #2

STOVE

WATER HEATER

AFT AIR

CONDITIONER

BRIDGE/COCKPIT

AIR CONDITIONER

ACCESSORY ACCESSORY

GENERATOR

SHORE

PRIOR TO CONNECTING OR DISCONNECTING SHORE

POWER CABLE, TURN OFF PANEL MAIN BREAKER

AND BREAKER AT DOCKSIDE RECEPTACLE OR

SHORE POWER CABLE MAY BE DAMAGED.

120 VOLTS AC

GALLEY SYSTEMS

PORT SYSTEMS

BATTERY CHARGER

BOW THRUSTER

BATTERY CHARGER

ACCESSORY

STBD SYSTEMS

AFT SYSTEMS

MICROWAVE

REFRIGERATOR/

FREEZER

WASHER/DRYER

ACCESSORY

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge) 3.9

ECTION

3 • U

SING

OUR

OAT

15. S

TOPPING THE

ENERATOR

Prior to generator shut down turn OFF all AC equipment and breakers including main breakers and allow the generator to run a few minutes to cool down. If desired, transfer to shore power.

Stop the generator by pressing the bottom of both generator switches or pressing the stop switch on the generator.

POWER

100 200

300

AC VOLTS

GENERATOR

0 10

20 30

AC AMPERES

MAIN DISTRIBUTION PANEL

POWER

100 200

300

AC VOLTS

SHORE

240 VOLT AC

AIR CONDITIONER

PUMP & RELAY

FWD AIR

CONDITIONER

SALON AIR

CONDITIONER #1

SALON AIR

CONDITIONER #2

ACCESSORY

STOVE

WATER HEATER

AFT AIR

CONDITIONER

BRIDGE/COCKPIT

AIR CONDITIONER

ACCESSORY

GENERATOR SHORE

PRIOR TO CONNECTING OR DISCONNECTING SHORE

POWER CABLE, TURN OFF PANEL MAIN BREAKER

AND BREAKER AT DOCKSIDE RECEPTACLE OR

SHORE POWER CABLE MAY BE DAMAGED.

120 VOLTS AC

GALLEY SYSTEMS

PORT SYSTEMS

BATTERY CHARGER

BOW THRUSTER

BATTERY CHARGER

ACCESSORY

STBD SYSTEMS

AFT SYSTEMS

MICROWAVE

REFRIGERATOR/

FREEZER

WASHER/DRYER

ACCESSORY

GENERATOR

ON START/PREHEAT

RUN

STOP/ PRIME

SEE OWNERS MANUAL FOR

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

PREHEAT/

STATUS

REFER TO OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR

INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.

YPICAL

YDRAULIC

OWER

TEERING

SSEMBLY

. 3.10.1)

STEERING CYLINDER

PUMP

OIL RESERVOIR

HELM

OIL COOLER

OIL FILTER

16. S

TEERING

YSTEM

The hydraulic power steering system (Figure

3.10.1) uses the boat's engines to provide the

“power” for the steering system, via a mechanical or electrical motor driven hydraulic pump.

A manual hydraulic steering system, consisting of a helm and a hydraulic cylinder (fitted with an integral servo cylinder and a power steering valve), supplies the “control” por tion of the steering system.

Under normal conditions, with engines running, a hydraulic oil supply is in a standby mode, ready to be directed to the steering cylinder as dictated by the steering wheel, servo cylinder and power steering valve. Turning the steering wheel left or right makes the system go from “standby” into

“operating” mode and move the steering cylinder accordingly.

In the event of a power source failure, hydraulic oil from the steering helm is automatically diverted into the servo and steering cylinder, providing the helmsman with manual backup steering.

An engine room mounted oil reservoir allows easy fill and assists the in-line cooler in cooling the hydraulic oil. An in-line oil filter helps to protect the steering system components against contaminants.

REFER TO OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR

INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.

17. C

ABLEMASTER TM

ITH

EMOTE

UTOMATIC

HORE

OWER

ORD

DVANCE

ETRIEVE

YSTEM

)

Your Sea Ray ® is equipped with the Cablemaster TM shore power cord system located on the transom.

The system will advance and retrieve the shore power cord as needed to hook up the shore power system. The Cablemaster TM circuit breaker is located on the main DC breaker panel on the forward engine room bulkhead.

3.10

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge)

ABLEMASTER

. 3.11.1)

ECTION

3 • U

SING

OUR

OAT

2.When using the Cable-Control Radio

Control system, the regular Cablemaster switch should be left in the center OFF position. The regular switch is still fully operational when the Cable-Control system is not used.

CABLE MASTER

IN/OUT SWITCH

(INSIDE LOCKER)

CABLE MASTER

(SHORE POWER CABLE)

18. A

NCHORING

To anchor, bring the bow into the wind or current and put the engine in neutral. When the vessel comes to a stop, lower the anchor from the bow. The anchor line should be 5 to 7 times the depth of the water.

PERATE

ABLEMASTER

Open shore power cord cover.

A. A

NCHORING

RRANGEMENT

The 52 DB is equipped with a windlass and an anchor chute. Stow the anchor in the chute when not in use.

NOTE: Before using the anchor, be sure the anchor safety hook is removed from the anchor and the anchor is secured to the windlass chain.

Press the control switch to the OUT position to advance cable to the shore power hookup, or the IN position to retrieve cable for storage. This is a momentary switch which returns automatically to the center OFF position.

For remote operation, leave the regular

Cablemaster switch in the center OFF position.

By pressing the buttons on the remote unit, you will be able to advance and retrieve the cable.

Two (2) points should be observed when using the Cable-Control system:

1.There is a slight delay (less than one (1) second) between pressing the transmitter button and operation of the Cablemaster system. This gives the radio transmitter and receiver time to establish communications and for the transmitter to provide the receiver with the appropriate instructions.

WARNING

SINKING HAZARD – Anchor from the bow if using one anchor. A small current can make a sternanchored boat unsteady; a heavy current can drag a stern-anchored craft under water.

COLLISION HAZARD – Anchor only in areas where your boat will not disrupt other boats. Do not anchor in a channel or tie up to any navigational aid. It is dangerous and illegal.

B. A

NCHORING

Proper anchoring requires knowledge of RODE and

SCOPE. Read this section carefully, understanding the relationship between rode, scope and anchor performance.

The rode is the line connecting the anchor to the boat. The 500DB has a rope/chain rode. An all chain rode is optional.

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge) 3.11

ECTION

3 • U

SING

OUR

OAT

The scope is technically defined as the ratio of the rode length to the vertical distance from the bow to the sea floor. Since you want to know how much rode to use when anchoring, the formula is:

Rode Length = (Bow Height + Water Depth) x Scope

NOTICE

Use the safety hook supplied to ensure that the anchor is held in place should the windlass fail. Do not use the safety hook to support the anchor in a stored position. The windlass should always support the anchor and ensure that it is held in the roller device securely.

Rode Length

Scope =

Bow Height + Water Depth

• Scope depends on the type of anchor, bottom, tide, wind and sea conditions.

• Minimum is 5:1 for calm conditions; norm is 7:1; severe conditions may require 10:1.

Example:

Rode Length = (3 feet + 10 feet) x 7*

Rode Length = 13 feet x 7*

Rode Length = 91 feet

* Scope factor may range from 5 to 10 or

more. Less than 5, the anchor breaks out

too easily.

C. L

OWERING

NCHOR

• Be sure there is adequate rode.

• Secure rode to both the anchor and the boat.

• Stop completely before lowering anchor.

• If using windlass, refer to windlass operator’s manual.

• Keep feet clear of coiled line.

• Turn on anchor light at night and in reduced visibility.

D. S

ETTING

NCHOR

• There is no best way to set an anchor.

Experiment to see how your anchor performs.

NCHORING

. 3.12.1) BOW

HEIGHT

RODE WATER

DEPTH

ANCHOR

RIPLINE

RRANGEMENT

. 3.12.2)

FLOAT

TRIPLINE

RODE

3.12

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge)

ECTION

3 • U

SING

OUR

OAT

• One method is to turn the rode around a bit and slowly pay out as the boat backs from the anchor site. When the proper scope has been reached, snub the rode quickly, causing the anchor to dig into the bottom.

• Reverse engine slowly to drive the anchor in and prevent it from dragging.

We suggest you read this section on anchoring again and fully understand rode and scope and their affect on anchor performance.

19. W

INDLASS

The windlass facilitates the anchoring of your yacht by automatically raising and lowering the anchor. To operate the windlass the WINDLASS MAIN switch on the control station switch panel must be ON.

E. W

EIGHING

NCHOR

• Run the boat slowly up to the anchor, taking in the rode as you go.

• The anchor will usually break out when the rode becomes vertical.

• Be careful that trailing lines do not foul in the propeller.

NOTE: Use the fresh water washdown spigot in the port bow locker (see Fig. 3.15.1) to hose down the chain in the locker after haul-in .

INDLASS

W/S

AFETY

ANYARD AND

HAIN

TOP

. 3.13.1)

WINDLASS

SAFETY LANYARD

CHAIN

STOP

ANCHOR

F. C

LEARING

A F

OULED

NCHOR

A fouled anchor can test your patience and ingenuity.

One of the best methods of breaking free is to set a

tripline (see Fig. 3.12.2) before you lower anchor.

• Attach a line to the crown or head of the anchor and the other end to a float.

• The line should be just long enough to reach the surface of the water, allowing for tides.

• A polypropylene line is a good choice because it is light, strong and floats.

• If the anchor snags, pull vertically on the tripline to lift the anchor by the crown.

NOTICE

It is important that the windlass clutch is tight for proper operation and safety. Periodically check the clutch and tighten if necessary.

To Tighten Clutch:

With the anchor in the stowed position, tighten the windlass clutch by inserting the emergency handle into the clutch nut (see Fig. 3.13.1) and turn clockwise.

WARNING

Keep hands, feet, hair and loose clothing clear of moving parts. Entanglement may cause severe bodily injury (i.e. loss of fingers or toes).

G. A F

INAL

ORD

An anchored boat is affected by wind and sea conditions. Because there is no headway, there is no control. Be alert! If leaving the boat, be sure the anchor will hold under all circumstances.

A. T

O OPERATE FROM THE HELM

• Make sure that the safety lanyard (see Fig. 3.13.1) is removed from the anchor chain.

• Turn the WINDLASS MAIN rocker switch ON.

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge) 3.13

ECTION

3 • U

SING

OUR

OAT

• Push the toggle switch (located beside the rocker switch on the control station switch panel)

UP to raise the anchor. To lower the anchor, push the toggle switch DOWN.

INDLASS

AINTENANCE

ROFILE

)

. 3.14.1)

EMERGENCY HANDLE

B. T

O OPERATE FROM THE BOW

• Make sure that the safety lanyard (see Fig.

3.13.1) is removed from the anchor chain.

CLUTCH NUT

DRUM

• Lift protective cap on foot switches (see Fig.

3.13.1) and depress UP or DOWN switch for the desired result.

UPPER CONE

CHAIN PULLEY

C. T

O OPERATE MANUALLY

• Make sure that the safety lanyard (see Fig.

3.13.1) is removed from the anchor chain.

• Insert the emergency handle into the clutch nut

(see fig 3.14.1)

• Turn handle clockwise to retrieve anchor.

D. M

AINTENANCE

• Periodically check the motor and control box electrical connections, remove any residue and cover the connections with a small coating of grease.

It is recommended at least once a year to disassemble the windlass (see Fig. 3.16.2) and remove any residue build-up.

LOWER CONE

• Wash down with fresh water and remove any residue.

• Coat contact surfaces with a light film of lubricant.

• Reassemble the unit and tighten clutch nut by turning the handle clockwise.

NOTE: Use the fresh water washdown spigot in the starboard bow locker to hose down the chain in the locker after haul-in.

REFER TO WINDLASS OPERATOR’S MANUAL IN

YOUR OWNER’S PACKET FOR DETAILED

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS.

! DANGER

Make sure that the power is off before any work is performed on the windlass.

• Using the emergency handle, unscrew the clutch nut by turning the handle counterclockwise.

• Remove the drum, upper cone, chain wheel and lower cone.

3.14

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge)

ECTION

3 • U

SING

OUR

OAT

20. B

HRUSTER

The bow thruster is electrically driven and gives the operator more maneuverability of the bow when docking or maneuvering the vessel in narrow channels or where space is at a premium.

PERATE THE

HRUSTER

• Activate the bow thruster by turning the

“THRUSTER MAIN 24V” switch ON. The switch is located on the control station switch panel (See figure 2.8.1).

• By manipulating the joy stick also located on the control station (See figure 2.7.2) the operator is able to move the bow slowly to port and starboard.

The bow thruster motor is equipped with an internal thermally activated breaker. The thermal breaker protects the motor from overheating. When the thermal breaker is activated an alarm on the joystick unit at the control station will sound, bow thruster operation should be suspended and the motor allowed to cool down for normal operation.

Caution: If bow thruster motor is not allowed to cool down and use is continued after alarm sounds, the bow thruster motor may be damaged.

REFER TO BOW THRUSTER OPERATOR’S

MANUAL IN YOUR OWNER’S PACKET FOR

DETAILED OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS.

HRUSTER

. 3.15.1)

THRUST

BOW THRUSTER

WATER LINE

HRUSTER

PERATION

. 3.15.2)

BOW

DIRECTION

THRUST

OFF

BOW THRUSTER

TOGGLE CONTROL

(SEE FIGURE 2.8.1)

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge) 3.15

ECTION

3 • U

SING

OUR

OAT

THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK

3.16

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge)

ECTION

4 • B

ILGE

& U

NDERWATER

EAR

1. B

ILGE

A. F

UEL

& O

PILLAGE

If there is much fuel or oil in the bilge, contact a knowledgeable marine service to remove it. Never pump contaminated bilge overboard.

Fill fuel tank(s) less than rated capacity. Allow for fuel expansion.

ORWARD

ILGE

UMPS

. 4.1.2)

B C

FWD

G F E

FWD

2. B

ILGE

UMPS

The 52 DB is equipped with three (3) bilge pumps and two (2) emergency high water bilge pumps.

Your yacht is also equipped with a shower sump with one (1) pump and float switch.

The forward and aft bilge pumps are equipped with switches on the control station switch panel (See figure 2.8.1). These switches have MANUAL and

AUTO positions. When the switch is in the

MANUAL (ON) position, the pump will run continuously. When the switch is in the AUTO

ILGE

UMPS

. 4.1.1)

A EMERGENCY HIGH WATER

FLOAT SWITCH

TRANSOM

DRAIN HOSES

BILGE PUMP

EMERGENCY HIGH WATER

BILGE PUMP

FLOAT SWITCH

FWD

EMERGENCY HIGH WATER FLOAT SWITCH

CHECK VALVES

ENGINE ROOM FORWARD BULKHEAD

TRANSDUCERS

BILGE PUMP

FLOAT SWITCH

EMERGENCY HIGH WATER BILGE PUMP

FWD position, the pump is activated when there is enough water in the bilge to raise the float switch to its highest position; and deactivated when the water recedes. The pumps should NOT be left in the MANUAL mode unless the bilge is being pumped out for servicing.

The emergency bilge pumps and high water float switches are wired to the systems monitor located on the dash at the control station (see “SYSTEMS

MONITOR” in Section 2 - page 2.18).

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge) 4.1

ECTION

4 • B

ILGE

& U

NDERWATER

EAR

Whenever a bilge pump turns ON, either manually or automatically, the systems monitor will display which pump is active. Should the high water alarms become activated, immediate attention to the area indicated on the systems monitor panel is required.

Each pump is protected by a breaker on the main

DC breaker panel located on the aft bilge component board (See Fig. 6.4.1).

AINTENANCE

Frequently inspect the area under the float switches to ensure they are free from debris and gummy bilge oil. To clean, soak in heavy duty bilge cleaner for

10 minutes, agitating several times. Check for unrestricted operation of the float. Repeat the cleaning procedure if necessary.

Inspect the bilge pump intakes and keep them free of dirt or material which may impede the

flow of water through the pump. To clean the pump strainer, depress the lock tabs on both sides of the pump and lift the pump motor.

ILGE

UMP

& F

LOAT

WITCH

. 4.2.1)

ROUBLESHOOTING

If water does not come out of discharge hose:

Depress the breaker on the main DC breaker panel located on the aft bilge component board in the engine room to ensure it has not tripped.

Remove the motor module to see if the impeller rotates with the power on.

Remove any debris that may have accumulated in the nozzle section or strainer base.

Check hose and connection on hull side for debris and proper connections.

A. M

ANUAL

ILGE

UMP

PTIONAL

)

If equipped, the manual bilge pump is located in the port storage unit under the bridge steps in the cockpit.

To operate, extend the 25’ supplied hose to the area to be drained, turn the selector switch to the FWD or AFT position and begin moving the handle up and down quickly and smoothly.

REFER TO OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR

INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.

ANUAL

ILGE

UMP

PTIONAL

)

. 4.2.2)

FLOAT SWITCH

PUMP MOTOR ASSEMBLY

DISCHARGE

IMPELLER

E WATER INLET

LOCK TAB

MANUAL TEST KNOB

MANUAL BILGE PUMP

PUMP HANDLE

TO COMMON DRAIN

25’ HOSE

E BRIDGE STEPS

4.2

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge)

ECTION

4 • B

ILGE

& U

NDERWATER

EAR

3. B

ILGE

LOWERS

The two (2) bilge blowers in the engine room remove odors and excessive heat and provide ventilation through the hull vents. The blowers are wired through circuit breakers on the DC breaker panel located on the aft bilge component board and with switches on the control station switch panel

(see Fig. 2.8.1) and on the salon main DC distribution panel (See Fig. 6.9.1).

WARNING

EXPLOSION/FIRE HAZARD – Run blower at least four (4) minutes before starting engine or generator.

Check bilge and engine compartment for fumes.

WARNING

Do not allow obstructions to interfere with bilge blower or ventilation intake operation. Engine performance may be adversely affected.

ILGE

LOWER

. 4.3.1)

LOWER

WITCH

IGHT

Light On: When a blower is turned ON, the light in the switch will come on and stay on, indicating that there is power to the blower.

Light Blinking: If the light is blinking, it is an indication that the blower breaker has tripped.

Correct the problem and reset the breaker.

Light Not On: If you try to turn ON the blower and no light comes on, then both breakers are tripped and the blowers are not receiving power.

Correct the problem and reset the breaker. Blower switch lights do not indicate that the blower motors are operating. To ensure blower motors are operating, listen for blower motor noise and confirm air flow at bilge vent.

Run the blowers when operating below cruising speed and when vessel is at rest with the generator running to dissipate heat buildup in the bilge.

AINTENANCE

The bilge blowers should be checked periodically to ensure that all electrical connections are secured in place and that the blower motors are operating efficiently.

ROUBLESHOOTING

If your bilge blowers fail to operate, depress the breakers on the main DC breaker panel in the port side aft bilge area to ensure that they have not tripped.

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge) 4.3

ECTION

4 • B

ILGE

& U

NDERWATER

EAR

4. E

NGINES

The inboard engines on the 52 DB are the heart of your Sea Ray ® . Proper attention to and maintenance of your engines will assure you of many hours of pleasurable, safe boating and will prevent unnecessary engine problems. You must, therefore, become thoroughly familiar with all aspects of the engine’s proper operation outlined in the Engine

Operator’s Manual. A general maintenance program consists of proper lubrication, cleaning of fuel filters, fuel lines and air filters. When washing down, or at any other time, take care that water does not

enter the air inlets. Water entering the air inlets when the engines are not operating may go directly into the cylinders, resulting in rust and possibly internal engine damage.

The engines are warranted directly by the engine manufacturer, not by Sea Ray ® .

Sea Ray ® strongly urges you to fully comply with the manual provided by the engine manufacturer.

Follow the recommended maintenance and warranty schedule in your Engine Operator’s

Manual included in the owner’s packet. Engine abuse or improper maintenance may adversely affect the claims made under the independent warranty provided by the engine manufacturer.

5. E

NGINE

AUGE

ACKAGE

Each of your engines have been equipped with an engine gauge package. This package is provided as a safety feature in the event of an electrical malfunction resulting in the helm gauges becoming inoperative.

130 160 210

230

60 80 100

20 40 60

100

300

ESSURE

Gauge packages may differ with different engine

options. Refer to your Engine Operator’s Manual for proper gauge readings and gauge package location.

6. E

NGINE

OUNTS

The adjustable type engine mounts permit adjustment sideways as well as vertically. Vertical adjustment nuts lock up or down on the threaded vertical stud, with a slot provided to allow side to side adjustment on the engine.

IMPORTANT: The large adjustment locknuts on these mounts must be tightened properly to

retain alignment. It is also advisable to spray a protective coating on the studs and nuts to prevent corrosion.

ROPULSION

. 4.4.1)

NGINE

OUNT

.4.4.2)

HEX HEAD BOLTS

W/FLAT WASHERS

STRINGER

CAP

H F

RUDDER STUFFING BOX

SPARE SHAFT SEAL

C SHAFT COUPLING

D TRANSMISSION

E ENGINE

F SHAFT LOG & STRONG SEAL

PROPELLER

RUDDER

4.4

TORQUE ESNA NUT

75-85 FT. LBS.

STRINGER

PLASTIC CAP

W/URETHANE

CAULK

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge)

ECTION

4 • B

ILGE

& U

NDERWATER

EAR

7. M

ARINE

EARS

A. R

EDUCTION

EARS

A reduction gear reduces the rotating speed of the propeller shaft in relation to the engine RPM. This permits the use of a larger propeller while allowing the engine to attain its rated RPM, thereby increasing efficiency.

B. R

EVERSE

EARS

The reverse gear incorporates the clutch and controls the rotation of the propeller. The position of the clutch control or shifting lever indicates the motion which the clutch and reverse gear are transmitting. The center position of the lever indicates neutral. Engine RPM should never exceed 1000 when engaging or disengaging the clutch. Higher RPM will result in unnecessary wear and shortened life of the unit, and perhaps breakage.

Marine reverse gears are hydraulically operated, thereby making it imperative to periodically maintain and check oil level. If the correct oil level is not maintained, slippage occurs, causing damage to the clutch plates. Too much oil will cause foaming and erratic clutch operation. For additional information see the Engine Operator’s Manual.

8. E

NGINE

XHAUST

YSTEM

The exhaust system on Sea Ray ® boats with inboard engines is designed so that water from the raw water cooling system enters the exhaust system through elbows (engine side) where water and exhaust are mixed. Water and exhaust are then pumped through the mufflers and then overboard through the exhaust outlet. Make sure water is flowing from the exhaust outlets while the engines are operating. Prior to every boat use, examine the exhaust system fittings to ensure tightness.

A drain plug is located on each bypass muffler.

When servicing or winterizing, remove the plug to drain the water out of each muffler. Replace the plug after all water has drained from the muffler.

9. E

NGINE

EMOVAL

Should the removal of an engine become necessary, see your Sea Ray ® dealer or an authorized service representative of the engine

manufacturer. The following is only a generalized procedure to follow.

NGINE

XHAUST

.4.5.1) D

A PORT ENGINE EXHAUST

GENERATOR EXHAUST

MUFFLER

EXHAUST TUBE

EXHAUST ELBOW

PORT ENGINE EXHAUST SHOWN, STARBOARD SIDE TYPICAL

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge)

FWD

4.5

ECTION

4 • B

ILGE

& U

NDERWATER

EAR

Hose clamps must be tight at all times to avoid exhaust leaks.

Shut off the fuel lines and close the engine seacocks. Remove all electrical wires, fuel lines and raw water intake hoses from the engine. Unbolt the engine coupling from the shaft coupling and slide the shaft and coupling back from the engine. Detach both throttle and shift connections. Cap off hoses to avoid hydraulic fluid loss. Do not bend or twist

the hoses, as damage may result. Remove the mounting bolts for the engine and lift the engine out, leaving the mounts bolted to the stringer caps.

To reinstall, reverse the above procedure. Check the coupling and shaft alignments, as well as water hoses and wiring connections. Also check for fuel and exhaust leaks and make sure seacocks are open before starting engines.

10. V

IBRATION

WARNING

& C

AUSES

Some vibration is to be expected in your boat because of the action of the engines and the propeller.

But excessive vibration indicates conditions which must be promptly corrected to avoid damage.

Contact your Sea Ray ® dealer immediately if you are experiencing severe vibration. The following are some conditions which may cause vibrations.

A. F

OREIGN

BJECT

NTERFERING

ITH

ROPELLER

CTION

Weeds, ropes, fishing lines or nets can become wrapped around the propeller and/or shaft, causing vibration and loss of speed. Always stop and then reverse the propeller after going through a weedy area to unwrap and clear away any weeds which may have accumulated. Although reversing will sometimes help to unwrap lines and nets, they are difficult to remove without hauling the boat.

Always check for loose or trailing dock lines before getting underway. When towing a dinghy, remember that a long line may easily become entangled with the propeller when backing down.

B. B

ENT

ROPELLER AND

HAFT

A badly damaged or distorted propeller or shaft is an obvious cause of vibration. Even when the propeller appears to be perfect, make sure it has not been pulled off-center by the propeller key.

C. E

NGINE AND

HAFT

UT OF

LIGNMENT

Although the shaft is properly aligned when it leaves the factory, after transit and after the boat has been in the water a few days, the alignment should be rechecked. The shaft coupling is the connecting point between the shaft and the engine and the alignment should be set at .005 or less. Refer to

SHAFTS (pg. 4.10) in this section of this Owner’s

Manual.

D. C

OUPLING

UT OF

RUE

Although an extremely unlikely condition, check the couplings if other efforts to correct the vibration fail.

Check the engine half of the coupling (with dial indicator on the face) to see that it runs true with the shaft coupling. Also check the coupling keys.

They must fit correctly to prevent forcing the couplings off center.

E. E

NGINE

ART

ITTING

OAT

TRUCTURE

Engines are flexibly mounted to reduce transmission of vibration to the hull structure. If some part of the engine, such as the oil pan, reverse gear or reduction gear housing, contacts a stringer, brace or part of the hull, vibration will result. The flexible shaft log allows a limited side motion of the shaft, but an excessive “whip” can cause the shaft to strike the sides of the shaft hole or the shaft log with resultant vibration.

F. O

THER

OSSIBLE

AUSES

Other causes of vibration include the following: engine out of tune, a bent rudder, a worn strut bearing, a component of the exhaust system vibrating against the hull or improper contact between shaft taper and the propeller hub bore.

4.6

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge)

ECTION

4 • B

ILGE

& U

NDERWATER

EAR

11. F

RESH

ATER

OOLING

YSTEM

The fresh water cooling system is a closed system which helps protect engines from internal corrosion and provides more even distribution of engine temperature. Change the coolant annually.

A. O

PERATING INSTRUCTIONS

ERVICE ONE

(1)

ENGINE AT A TIME

Run engines or generator for several minutes to warm the oil and mix the sludge.

A. C

OOLANT

ECOMMENDATIONS

The standard mixture of water and coolant is a mixture of 30% environmentally safe, non-toxic antifreeze and 70% water, which protects to 0

(-18 ° C). This will allow the coolant to expand properly and maintain normal operating engine temperature. In colder climates, the coolant level should be increased to 50/50, which protects to -

F (-37

C), for proper coverage. To find engine coolant requirements for the specific engine on your yacht, refer to your Engine Owner’s

Manual in the Owner’s Manual Packet.

CAUTION

Have only one (1) valve open at a time. Make sure other valves are closed to prevent accidental over filling.

Select the first unit to be serviced. Turn the valve to the open position, in line with valve body.

Turn the pump on (switch position indicates the direction of flow) and pump the old oil into containers to be disposed of properly.

HANGE

. 4.7.2)

SED

)

STARBOARD

ENGINE

TRANSMISSION

STARBOARD

ENGINE

GENERATOR

PORT

ENGINE

PORT

ENGINE

TRANSMISSION

FLOW SWITCH

(DOWN)

12. O

HANGE

YSTEM

The oil change system, located on the inboard port stringer, center of the port engine, simplifies changing the oil in the engines, transmissions and generator. The pump is self-priming and pumps in either direction. The oil change pump is protected by the OIL CHANGE PUMP breaker on the DC breaker panel on the aft bilge component board.

OLD OIL

OPEN/CLOSE

VALVE

HANGE

UMP

. 4.7.1)

After oil has been pumped out of unit being serviced, place the pump discharge hose into a container of pre-measured fresh oil and reverse the pump switch to pump the fresh oil into the engine. NOTE: Fresh oil should be at least 60

°

F (16 C).

HANGE

. 4.7.3)

UMP

RESH

STARBOARD

ENGINE

STARBOARD

ENGINE

TRANSMISSION

)

GENERATOR

PORT

ENGINE

PORT

ENGINE

TRANSMISSION

FLOW SWITCH

(UP)

FLOW SWITCH

FILL/DRAIN HOSE

C STARBOARD TRANSMISSION

D STARBOARD ENGINE

E GENERATOR

PORT ENGINE

PORT TRANSMISSION

H OPEN/CLOSE VALVE

I PUMP

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge)

NEW OIL

OPEN/CLOSE

VALVE

4.7

ECTION

4 • B

ILGE

& U

NDERWATER

EAR

When pumping is complete, shut the pump off and close the valve leading to the unit being serviced. Check oil level and adjust if necessary.

Repeat for each engine, generator or transmission to be serviced.

REFER TO OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR

INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.

For example, a propeller with a 12-inch pitch, when rotated 360 ° would, theoretically, advance 12 inches through the water. Actually, no propeller applied to any boat is 100% efficient. No 12-inch pitch blade will, in a single rotation, advance a boat

12 inches. This variance is referred to as slippage.

13. U

NDERWATER

A. P

ROPELLERS

EAR

Propellers should be free of nicks, excessive pitting and any distortions that alter them from their original design. Badly damaged propellers should be replaced, but those that are chipped, bent or merely knocked out of shape can be reconditioned by your marine dealer.

When doing extensive cruising, it is advisable t o c a r r y e x t r a p r o p e l l e r s a b o a r d . E x t r a p r o p e l l e r s c a n b e s t o r e d o n t h e o p t i o n a l propeller mounts in the engine room.

ENTILATION

, I

AUSES AND

ORRECTIONS

While often called “cavitation,” ventilation is really a different effect. At times when a boat enters or leaves a sharp turn, the propeller seems to slip and lose thrust and the engine may over-speed (Figure 4.8.2). This problem is normally caused by air or aerated water entering the propeller. (A damaged propeller can also cause ventilation.) Ventilation can usually be corrected by one or more of the following:

R e p l a c e t h e d a m a g e d o r i n c o r r e c t propeller with the recommended one.

With stern drives, set the outdrive at a lesser trim angle (trim the unit downward).

ROPELLER

ENTILATION

. 4.8.2)

ASIC

ROPELLER

HARACTERISTICS

Propellers have two basic characteristics:

• Diameter

• Pitch.

Diameter is that distance measured across the propeller hub line from the outer edge of the 360

° that is made by the propeller’s blade during a single rotation. Pitch is that distance in inches that a propeller will travel if rotated one revolution without any slippage (Figure 4.8.1).

ROPELLER

ITCH AND

IAMETER

. 4.8.1)

4.8

PITCH DIAMETER

OPTIMUM PERFORMANCE VENTILATION

AVITATION

, I

AUSES AND

ORRECTIONS

Cavitation is a phenomenon that occurs in all propeller-driven craft under certain conditions. The surface of propeller blades are not perfectly flat, and as water is drawn through the blades to be discharged aft into the propeller’s slip stream, the water flowing over the curved surface of the blade encounters areas of greater and less pressure.

In those areas of reduced pressure, air bubbles are formed. When they move out of the low pressure area these bubbles collapse. If they collapse while in contact with an object, such as part of the propeller blade or trim plane, the bubbles create such highly localized forces that they erode the

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge)

ECTION

4 • B

ILGE

& U

NDERWATER

EAR surface of the object. In the case of the propeller, such damage is sometimes called a “burn.” It may be caused by an irregularity in the propeller’s leading edge, and it should be corrected by reconditioning the propeller or by replacement.

Cavitation is a normal occurrence in modern sport boats, and prop inspection should be part of routine maintenance.

ROPELLER

ORQUE AND

ORRECTION

Some of the more powerful motors create a considerable torque effect; that is, a twisting motion causing the boat to ride with one sheer lower than the other. This twisting reaction is caused by the direction of propeller rotation lifting one side of the boat. This causes an uneven drag, so that a boat’s bow may tend to fall off in one direction or the other from the intended course given by the wheel.

Torque action may occur when maximum or close to maximum rated horsepower is applied. Any slight torque may be offset by shifting passenger or gear weight laterally to the high side of the boat.

ROPELLER

NSTALLATION

For proper rotation, the installation of propellers on inboard engine boats requires the right hand propeller to be installed on the starboard side and the left hand propeller to be installed on the port side. Install in the following manner:

Step 1: Inspect shafts and propellers to ensure the taper, keyways, keys, prop nut, jam nut and cotter pin meet specifications. Special attention should be paid when confirming key fit. Key must fit snug in prop hub and propeller shaft. Key must fit flat in bottom of both. If the key radius does not match keyseat properly, stress risers and catastrophic failure could occur.

ROPELLER

NSTALLATION

. 4.9.2)

OUNTER

ROTATING

ROPELLERS

On twin engine yachts, one propeller turns in a clockwise direction while the other turns counterclockwise in order to maintain a straight course through the water.

When removing or replacing propellers, be sure to install the correct propeller on the correct drive.

OUNTER

-R

OTATING

ROPELLERS

. 4.9.1)

JAM NUT

PROP NUT

C KEY

D SHAFT

E KEYWAY

F COTTER PIN

G PROPELLER

• Inspect propeller(s) to ensure the bore, diameter and pitch meet specifications for specific engine installation (diameter and pitch are stamped on the side of prop hub).

Step 2: Dry fit the propeller on the taper without the key and mark the position on the shaft with a permanent marker. The distance between the prop and the strut shall never exceed one (1) shaft diameter.

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge) 4.9

ECTION

4 • B

ILGE

& U

NDERWATER

EAR

ROPELLER

•

. 4.10.1)

NSTALLATION

Remove the propeller and insert the key, rotate the shaft so the key is top dead center.

MARK

SHAFT

HERE

• Using a clean rag, wipe the bore of the propeller with a small amount of penetrating oil.

• Apply a consistent coating of Prussian blue compound to the surface of the shaft taper.

The application should be consistent and have a wet film thickness of 2 mils. (similar to a light coat of polyurethane).

Step 3: Set the propeller on the shaft and slide it up the taper with the full nut ensuring that the propeller hub runs up to the mark.

• Remove the propeller and inspect the pattern transferred from the shaft to the bore of the propeller.

• The pattern should be consistent over the full contact area.

• The pattern will not be complete, but it should show a consistent transfer over at least 80 percent of the contact area.

• If the propeller bore shows an area, with little or no transfer, remove the key from the shaft and apply some lapping compound to the shaft.

Step 4: Set the propeller on the taper with the nut set loosely.

Rotate the propeller in 60 - 90 degree increments first clockwise, then counterclockwise.

• The propeller will begin to bind as the compound is worked out from between the shaft and propeller. At this stage, clean the shaft taper and propeller bore and repeat the above steps until a transfer showing 80 percent contact is made.

Step 5: Final Installation - apply a light coat of Never

Seize ® to the shaft taper.

• Set the propeller on the shaft with the key ensuring that the propeller is in full contact and in the proper position on the taper.

• If the propeller is not fitted with a Propsmith ® or equivalent, the propeller nut should be used to drive the propeller up the taper.

• Document right hand and left hand prop make/ model installation on the Maintenance

Log (Section 8, page 8.15).

Step 6: Install the small propeller nut. Use the slugging wrench making small, but numerous hits on the wrench until the propeller is driven up the taper one quarter

(1/4) turn after the nut contacts the propeller.

Shaft Thread Prop

Diameter Size Nut

1 1/4"

1 1/2"

1 3/4"

2 1/2"

3/4"

7/8"

Bronze

Torque

Ft. Lbs.

100-125

150-175

1 1/8" Bronze 250-275

1 1/4" Bronze 275-300

1 1/2" Bronze 325-350

1 3/4" Bronze 400-425

Jam Nut

Torque

Ft. Lbs.

100

4.10

Step 7: Remove the slugger wrench, install the larger nut and tighten one sixth (1/6) turn after nut contacts the small propeller nut, using the slugger wrench and mallet.

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge)

ECTION

4 • B

ILGE

& U

NDERWATER

EAR

NOTICE

If the jam nut and prop nut are installed properly, the propeller should not loosen. If you tighten both nuts holding only the propeller blade, the nuts could possibly thread back on the shaft to the cotter pin.

It is important that the above procedure be followed.

HAFT

ISALIGNMENT

. 4.11.2)

SHAFT

COUPLING

MAX .005

TRANSMISSION

• Install the cotter pin and bend each side180 o .

NOTE: Do not use the propeller blades as stops by wedging blocks of wood between the blade and the hull of the boat.

NOTE: The propeller hub may be heated to ease the removal process using a non-oxidizing gas such as propane. The hub should not be heated beyond approximately 150 degrees F.

wear, noise and vibration and should not be tolerated. When checking for parallel coupling faces (the proof of proper alignment), use a feeler gauge not more than .003 to .005 of an inch thick

(0.08 – 0.13 mm).

With coupling faces brought together by hand – not bolted – the feeler gauge should be tightly gripped at all points around the edges of the couplings. Next, hold the engine coupling flange stationary and rotate the shaft coupling flange

90 degrees in either direction. The feeler gauge should still be tightly gripped at all points around the edges of the couplings.

B. S

HAFTS

The shaft coupling is the connecting point between the shaft and the transmission/engine

(Figure 4.11.2). The alignment should be set at a m a x i m u m o f . 0 0 5 " ( 0 . 1 3 m m ) . A s l i g h t misalignment will cause loss of power, excessive

HAFT

& S

TRONG

EAL

™

T h e s h a f t l o g i s a f i b e r g l a s s t u b e w h i c h provides an opening through the bottom of the boat for the propeller shaft (Figure 4.11.1). The

Strong Seal ™ is connected to it by a short

HAFT

& S

TRONG

EAL

™ A

SSEMBLY

. 4.11.1)

G H

E I

A A HULL

SHAFT LOG TUBE

SHAFT

HOSE CLAMPS

FLEXIBLE TUBE

STAINLESS STEEL BANDS

G STRONG SEAL ™

H WATER INJECTION FITTINGS

I SPARE SEAL & CARRIER KIT

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge) 4.11

ECTION

4 • B

ILGE

& U

NDERWATER

EAR length of special flexible hose which serves to absorb normal shaft vibration (see Fig. 4.12.1).

The Strong Seal ™ prevents water from leaking around the shaft and into the boat. Shaft alignment and straitness must be correct to assure proper operation of the Strong Seal ™ .

Refer to the Strong Seal ™ information for the seal carrier kit in the Owner’s Manual packet.

C. C

ARRIER

EAL

Your 52 DB is equipped with spare carrier seals located on the port and starboard engine shafts

(Figure 4.12.1). Seal failure can be corrected by replacing the seal with the spare seals provided.

ARRIER

EAL

. 4.12.1)

SHAFT LOG & STRONG SEAL

SEAL HOUSING

C CARRIER SEAL

SHAFT COUPLING

PROPELLER SHAFT

EPLACE THE

ARRIER

EAL

Clean any accumulated dirt and scale from the exposed shaft. MAKE SURE THERE ARE NO

SHARP EDGES OR BURRS ON THE

SHAFT.

Separate the two halves of the Carrier Seal Kit housing by removing the screws. If there are two lip seals in the carrier kit, move the forward most one forward on the shaft until out of the way.

Remove the retaining ring from the Strong

Seal™ using a small screwdriver (for a spiral ring) or snap-ring pliers (for a snap ring). Work the retaining ring around the new lip seal and move the ring forward out of the way.

Reassemble the empty Carrier Seal Kit housing onto the shaft just forward of the new lip seal with the small diameter facing aft. Leave the screws loose enough that the housing can move along the shaft. The

Carrier Seal Kit housing is now ready to be used as a lip seal installation tool.

Push needle-nose pliers or a hook into the exposed body of the lip seal and pull it out of the Strong Seal ™ housing. Cut the old seal off the shaft with wire cutters. BE CAREFUL NOT

TO SCRATCH THE SHAFT.

Inspect and clean the inside of the Strong

Seal™ housing and the newly exposed area of the shaft that was under the old lip seal.

Push the new lip seal and installation tool aft until the lip seal contacts the Strong Seal™ housing. Using a rubber mallet, tap the face of the installation tool until the lip seal is seated within the Strong Seal™ housing. You will know the lip seal is fully seated when the retaining ring groove is exposed.

Remove the Carrier Seal Kit housing from the shaft. Reinstall the retaining ring into its groove in the Strong Seal™ housing.

If the Carrier Seal Kit came with two lip seals, position the remaining lip seal back onto a convenient location on the shaft at least 2" forward of the Strong Seal™. Reassembly the

Carrier Seal Kit housing around the lip seal with the smaller diameter facing forward. Tighten the screws and make sure the assembly is firmly secured on the shaft.

NOTE: As the Carrier Seal Kit is turning with the shaft and the Strong Seal™ is not, it is important that the two do not touch.

D. S

TRUT

The strut is the bronze casting fastened to the bottom of the hull to support and form a bearing for the propeller shaft (Figure 4.12.2). A replaceable rubber bearing is inserted to minimize wear and protect the shaft where it passes through the strut hub. During lay up periods, squirt castor oil into this bearing to keep it from freezing to the shaft. Never

4.12

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge)

ECTION

4 • B

ILGE

& U

NDERWATER

EAR use machine oil or grease on rubber bearing.

Periodically check all strut fastenings to assure that they are secure.

TRUT

. 4.13.1)

STRUT

SHAFT LOG

14. R

UDDER

& R

UDDER

TUFFING

The rudder (Figure 4.13.1) is the vertical flat surface aft of the propeller that pivots about a vertical axis and changes the direction of the boat through the water. The rudder stuffing box prevents water from leaking into the boat where the rudder post enters the hull. Spot check for leaks before and after using your boat.

UDDER

& R

. 4.13.1)

UDDER

RUDDER

JAM NUT

STUFFING BOX

RUDDER POST

HULL

BEARING

PROPELLER SHAFT

TUFFING

CAUTION

As a safety measure, close all seacocks when leaving boat for any length of time to impede water ingress in the event of water hose failure.

To open the seacock, turn the handle in line with water flow (vertically). To close, turn the handle against water flow (horizontally). The strainers should be inspected frequently and cleaned out when plugged. If operation of the air conditioning is excessive it is important that the A/C unit strainers are inspected more frequently than other strainers.

The seacock body should be inspected and lubricated annually.

O CLEAN THE STRAINER

• Close the seacock by turning the handle against water flow direction (horizontally).

NOTE: Some seacocks are equipped with locking tee handles which must be loosened before operating the handle

• Loosen strainer cap with the adjustable spanner wrench provided. It is stowed on the stringer adjacent to the strainer.

• Rotate strainer cap clear of strainer housing.

Pull upward on stainless steel screen basket handle.

TRAINER

AINTENANCE

. 4.13.2)

ADJUSTABLE

SPANNER

WRENCH

(SUPPLIED)

15. S

EACOCKS

& S

TRAINERS

Seacocks and strainers provide cooling water to the engines, generator and A/C units located throughout the bilge area.

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge) 4.13

ECTION

4 • B

ILGE

& U

NDERWATER

EAR

16. H

YDRAULIC

OWER

TEERING

ONTROL

The hydraulic power steering ram ensures identical positioning of the port and starboard rudders. Check that rudder arms are tight and free of play. Ensure that fluid reservoir is up to level and filter is clean.

The fluid reservoir and filter are located on the starboard aft side of the engine room along with the optional auto pilot pump. Sea Ray ® recommends

Sea Star hydraulic steering fluid or Dextron 3 auto transmission fluid for the power steering system.

The hydraulic power steering system uses the boat's engines to provide the "power" for the steering system, via a mechanically driven hydraulic pump.

A manual hydraulic steering system, consisting of a helm and a hydraulic cylinder (fitted with an integral servo cylinder and a power steering valve), supplies the "control" portion of the steering system.

"operating" mode and move the steering cylinder accordingly.

In the event of a power source failure, hydraulic oil from the steering helm is automatically diverted into the servo and steering cylinder, providing the helmsman with manual backup steering.

REFER TO OWNER'S MANUAL PACKET FOR

INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.

YDRAULIC

OWER

TEERING

ONTROL

. 4.14.1)

4.14

STEERING RAM

AUTO PILOT RUDDER REFERENCE UNIT

PORT RUDDER POST

SMARTCRAFT RUDDER INDICATOR

AUTO PILOT RUDDER REFERENCE

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge)

ECTION

4 • B

ILGE

& U

NDERWATER

EAR

17. B

ILGE

AYOUT

ILGE

AYOUT

. 4.15.1)

B C

E F

G H

K K

L L

J J

I I

F F E E

B B

A A Z Y

Q W

GENERATOR

GENERATOR OIL RESERVOIR

MAIN BATTERY BOX

MAIN DISCONNECT

PORT ENGINE FUEL FILTER

SALON/MASTER STATEROOM A/C

SEACOCK & STRAINER

OIL EXCHANGE UNIT

STARBOARD ENGINE STRAINER

PORT FUEL TANK

BOW THRUSTER BATTERIES

GUEST HEAD VACUUM GENERATOR

MAN ENGINE CONTROL BOX

(OPTIONAL)

HIGH WATER FLOAT SWITCH

MAN ENGINE EOC TERMINAL BOX

(OPTIONAL)

O STARBOARD ENGINE SEACOCK

TRANSDUCERS

BILGE PUMP

FLOAT SWITCH

PORT ENGINE SEACOCK

PORT ENGINE STRAINER

CENTRAL VACUUM

WATER MANIFOLD

W MASTER HEAD VACUUM GENERATOR

HIGH WATER BILGE PUMP

STARBOARD FUEL TANK

Z BRIDGE A/C STRAINER (OPTIONAL)

A A BRIDGE A/C PUMP (OPTIONAL)

B B POWER STEERING RESERVOIR

CC STARBOARD FUEL FILTERS

DD HORN ACCUMULATOR TANK

E E HORN COMPRESSOR

F F

HOLDING TANK

AUTOMATIC FIRE EXTINGUISHER

STARBOARD ENGINE MUFFLER

I I

J J

K K

L L

HOLDING TANK VENT FILTER

WATER HEATER

OVERBOARD DISCHARGE PUMP

(OPTIONAL)

OIL BOTTLES

TRIM TAB PUMPS

SMARTCRAFT RUDDER INDICATOR

P P

Q Q

S S

CABLEMASTER TUB

FRESH WATER PUMP

GENERATOR FUEL FILTER

SHORE POWER ISOLATION

TRANSFORMER

GENERATOR MUFFLER

WATER TANK

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge) 4.15

ECTION

4 • B

ILGE

& U

NDERWATER

EAR

THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK

4.16

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge)

ECTION

5 • F

UEL

YSTEM

1. F

UEL

YSTEM

Section 3 - Using Your Boat contains important fueling information. Take time to read all the fuel related information in the owner’s manual.

Fuel lines, filters and all fuel system components should be checked at the start of each season and periodically thereafter, particularly after any work has been done aboard the boat which might have affected any part of the system. Be certain that all are in proper condition and that the entire system is fuel tight. Each fuel tank has manual shut-off valves on the top of the tank to close off the fuel system in case of leakage or line failure.

UEL

ILL

NLETS

. 5.1.2)

STARBOARD

FUEL VENT

PORT

FUEL VENT

PORT

FUEL FILL

STARBOARD

FUEL FILL

A. F

UEL

ANKS

The 52 DB has two (2) aluminum fuel tanks with a capacity of 250 gallons (946.3 liters) each, for a total capacity of 500 gallons (1,892.7 literes).

The fuel fill inlets are located on the port deck walkways.

Your Sea Ray ® is equipped with a fuel tank vent for each tank which serves as a pressure/vacuum release and safety overflow. The through-hull fitting has a flame arrester, making it imperative that you keep the screen clean and in excellent repair. Replace the screen immediately if it becomes damaged or displaced. Periodically check the vent to assure that it is not clogged.

UEL

YSTEM

. 5.1.1)

FWD

A PORT FUEL FILTER

PORT FUEL FEED

PORT FUEL TANK

D PORT ENGINE FUEL RETURN

PORT FUEL VENT

PORT FUEL FILL

STARBOARD FUEL FILL

H STARBOARD FUEL VENT

PORT ENGINE FUEL FEED

STARBOARD ENGINE FUEL FEED

STARBOARD ENGINE FUEL

RETURN

L STARBOARD FUEL TANK

M STARBOARD FUEL FILTER

N STARBOARD FUEL FEED

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge) 5.1

ECTION

5 • F

UEL

YSTEM

2. F

UEL

ECOMMENDATIONS

The quality of the fuel is very important for satisfactory engine performance and long engine life. Fuel should be clean and free of contamination.

Your fuel tanks should be kept full of fuel whenever possible. This will reduce the amount of water condensation and reduce the possibility of contamination.

During normal operating conditions set the feed and return fuel valves to the same tank. Example: If the feed valve is set to the port tank, set the return to the port tank. Remember, fuel will be consumed faster in fuel tank selected for generator use. You might want to select other fuel tank for generator periodically for even weight distribution.

The generator crossover fuel board is located in the cockpit under the forward starboard bench seat.

A. R

ECOMMENDED

UEL

: #2 D

IESEL

UEL

NOTE: In rough seas, allow approximately 15% reserve when planning fuel consumption.

3. C

ROSSOVER

UEL

YSTEM

ENERATOR

)

The generator crossover fuel system allows the engines to draw fuel from either tank. This allows switching to an alternate tank in case of fuel contamination or for even fuel weight distribution.

4. F

UEL

ILTERS

Primary and secondary fuel filters are located on your

Sea Ray ® to help keep the fuel as clean as possible.

Primary fuel filters are the Racor ® water separating fuel filters installed on the aft engine room bulkhead

(See fig. 5.1.1). The generator fuel filter is located on the port support pole in the bilge. The secondary fuel filters are located on the engines and should be replaced in accordance with the Engine Owner’s

Manual.

ENERATOR

UEL

ROSSOVER

OARD

. 5.2.1)

NOTE: Use of any methanol, gasohol or alcohol based fuel additive will damage the fuel filter.

ACOR

® D

IESEL

UEL

ILTERS

. 5.2.2)

5.2

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge)

ECTION

5 • F

UEL

YSTEM

Maximum efficiency can be accomplished by the online selection of the left or right fuel filter individually.

This will give you a clean, efficient filter on-line while allowing maintenance on the off-line filter.

5. F

UEL

ILTER

AINTENANCE

A major cause of poor starting or power loss is the result of a clogged filter element or a fuel system air leak. Check that the filter lid and drain plug are properly tightened.

Inspect or drain the collection bowl of water daily.

A. P

RIMARY

UEL

ILTER

ELECTION

ALVE

Arrow Up: ALL OFF

Arrow Right: RIGHT

A. T

RAIN

ATER

Shut down the engine.

Loosen the T-handle on the top lid to break the vacuum within the filter (see Fig. 5.3.1).

With a suitable collection container in place, remove the drain plug and allow water and contaminants to drain. (see Fig. 5.4.1).

Replace the drain plug and, if necessary, prime the filter by removing the lid and filling the filter with clean fuel.

Replace the lid and tighten the lid T-handle by hand only. Do not overtighten.

Replace the filter element at regular intervals or if a power loss is detected.

ACOR

® F

UEL

ILTER

AINTENANCE

. 5.3.1)

Arrow Down: ALL ON 20

Arrow Left: LEFT ON 20

REFER TO THE ENGINE AND FUEL FILTER

OPERATOR’S MANUAL FOR MORE DETAILED

INFORMATION.

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge)

B. T

EPLACE

ILTER

1. Shut down the engine.

2. Remove the lid .

3. Remove the old rubber lid seal and dispose of

the old seal properly.

5.3

ECTION

5 • F

UEL

YSTEM

ACOR

® F

UEL

ILTER

AINTENANCE

. 5.4.1)

T-HANDLE

LID

Start the engine and check for any leaks.

10. Correct any leaks with the engine shut down.

It is recommended that spare filter elements be carried aboard as contaminated fuel can easily plug a filter.

REFER TO THE ENGINE OPERATOR’S MANUAL

FOR MORE DETAILED INFORMATION.

TURBINE

SEE-THRU BOWL

HEAT

DEFLECTOR

DRAIN PLUG

6. F

UELING

RECAUTIONS

Cer tain precautions must be carefully and completely observed every time a boat is fueled, even with diesel fuel. Diesel fuel is nonexplosive but it will burn.

4. Apply a coating of clean fuel or motor oil to the rubber lid seal supplied with the new element.

Place the new seal in position on the lid.

Remove the filter element by holding the molded handle and slowly pulling upward with a twisting motion.

Insert the new filter element with a slow downward twisting motion.

Fill the filter with clean fuel, then replace the lid.

Tighten the lid T-handle by hand only. Do not overtighten.

ACOR

® F

UEL

ILTER

AINTENANCE

. 5.4.2)

LID

RUBBER LID SEAL

FILTER ELEMENT

WARNING

CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65

Diesel engine exhaust and some of its constituents are known to the state of California to cause cancer, birth defects, and other reproductive harm.

A. G

ENERAL

• Fuel during daylight.

• Check fill plate label to ensure fuel is placed only in fuel tank. Fuel fill plates are located on the port deck walkway by the control station

(see Fig. 5.1.2).

• Avoid spills.

• Know your fuel capacity and consumption.

Record the amount of fuel used since your last fill up, and compute the engine’s hourly fuel usage. As a fuel gauge backup check, deduct the average hourly fuel usage from fuel tank capacity.

• Observe the “Rule of Thirds”: one-third fuel for trip out, one-third for return and one-third for reserve.

• Allow an additional 15 percent fuel reserve when operating in rough seas.

5.4

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge)

ECTION

5 • F

UEL

YSTEM

B. B

EFORE

& D

URING

UELING

– C

HECKLIST

• Fire extinguisher – close at hand.

• Mooring – boat tied securely to fueling pier.

• Crew – at least one knowledgeable person present.

• Passengers – unnecessary people off the boat.

• Engines – stopped.

• Electrical equipment, including blowers – power off.

• Windows, doors, hatches – closed.

• Smoking material – extinguished.

• Inboard tanks – grounded.

• Filler pipe – marked DIESEL.

• Fuel nozzle – in contact with filler pipe to prevent static sparks.

• Fill level – fill less than rated capacity of tank; allow for fuel expansion.

• Trim – fuel weight distributed equally.

C. A

FTER

UELING

– C

HECKLIST

• Windows, doors, hatches – open.

• Sniff test – if fuel fumes remain, operate blowers until fumes are gone.

• Fuel tank – secure filler cap.

• Spills – wipe; dispose of rags ashore.

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge) 5.5

ECTION

5 • F

UEL

YSTEM

THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK

5.6

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge)

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

YSTEM

1. DC S

YSTEM

The 12 volt direct current (DC) electrical system derives its power from the batteries, which are kept charged by an engine-driven alternator and/or AC converter. The battery voltage is indicated by the voltmeters on the main distribution panel and control station instrument panel. Each battery bank can be checked with the battery voltage test switch only on the salon DC distribution panel. The batteries supply power to the circuit breakers on the main DC breaker panel in the engine room. This panel contains the breakers which supply power to the control station breaker panel and salon DC distribution panel. The

12 volt dash electronics fuse panel is protected by the , ELECTRONIC CONTROL breaker on the main

DC breaker panel located on the aft bilge component board.

The negative terminal of each bank of batteries connects to the main DC negative bus which in turn connects to the negative ground studs of the propulsion engines and the generator. This “negative ground system” is the approved system for marine

DC electrical systems.

2. B

ATTERIES

The batteries in your boat have been selected for their ability to furnish starting power based on engine and generator starting requirements as well as their ability to supply power to the DC system.

The following table describes the recommended marine cranking batteries to install in your boat.

Application Group Volts CCA* Reserve Qty.

Engines 8-D 12 1,400 310 2

Bow Thruster 31 DCM 12

*COLD CRANKING AMPS @ 0 O F

800 200 2

! DANGER

• Never use an open flame in the battery storage area.

• Avoid striking sparks near the batteries.

• A battery will explode if a flame or spark ignites the free hydrogen given off during charging.

The main engine cranking batteries consist of one

(1) 8D 12 volt battery for each engine. If the yacht is equipped with the optional bow thruster, there

ATTERY

OCATIONS

ANEL

. 6.1.1)

BILGE LAYOUT

FORWARD ENGINE ROOM BULKHEAD

BOW THRUSTER BATTERIES

MAIN DISCONNECT BOX

AFT ENGINE ROOM BULKHEAD

DC MAIN BREAKER PANEL

NEGATIVE BUS BAR

STARBOARD MAIN BATTERY

PORT MAIN BATTERY

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge)

6.1

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

YSTEM

CAUTION

While the engine or generator is running, the battery terminal clamps must not be loosened or detached nor should the battery solenoid switch(es) be turned off.

The alternator and other electronic units will be damaged.

are two (2) Group 31, 12 volt marine batteries connected in series dedicated to its operation.

Recommended batteries are available through your local Sea Ray ® dealer.

A. T

O REMOVE THE BATTERY CABLES

Turn OFF all items drawing power from the batteries.

Turn OFF the “CONVERTER” breaker at the main distribution panel.

Turn OFF battery solenoid switches.

Remove the negative cable first, then the positive cable. To replace the cables, reverse the procedure.

3. M

AIN

ATTERY

WITCHES AND

OLENOIDS

The battery solenoid switches for the 12 volt DC systems are located inside the Main Disconnect enclosure on the aft bilge component board and on the salon DC Distribution panel (See figure

6.3.2). The switches control the battery solenoids which are also located in the Main Disconnect enclosure on the aft bilge component board.

When the switches are in the OFF position all 12 volt current to the engines and accessories are turned off except power to the bilge pumps and other line side circuits (i.e. systems monitor, blowers, etc.). The battery solenoids must be ON to start the engines or generator. Turn battery solenoids OFF when leaving boat for extended duration.

ATTERY

WITCHES (M

AIN

ISCONNECT

)

. 6.2.1)

AFT BILGE

COMPONENT BOARD

B. B

ATTERY

AINTENANCE

CAUTION

Always disconnect battery cables before doing any work on the engine's electrical system or alternator wiring to prevent arcing or damage to the alternator.

• Check the fluid level in the cells approximately every 4 weeks, and more often in summer and hot zones.

• The fluid level must be between the lower and the upper markings.

• Only replenish with distilled water. Do not use metal funnels.

• Coat battery terminal clamps with silicone grease. Keep battery clean and dry.

Only use a battery charger designed to charge automotive/marine type batteries when batteries are disconnected from the boat’s electrical circuit.

PORT LINE

SIDE PANEL

FEED

OFF

WINDLASS

SOLENOID

FEED

PORT LOAD

SIDE PANEL

FEED

SWIM

PLATFORM

STBD LOAD

SIDE PANEL

FEED

OFF

GANGPLANK

SOLENOID

STBD LINE

SIDE PANEL

FEED

MAIN BATTERY SOLENOIDS

PORT GEN STBD

ENERGIZE

DE - ENERGIZE

MAIN BATTERY SOLENOIDS

PORT

GEN

ENERGIZE

STBD

6.2

DE-ENERGIZE

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge)

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

YSTEM

ATTERY

WITCHES (DC M

AIN

ISTRIBUTION

ANEL

)

. 6.3.1)

PORT

BATTERY

VOLTAGE TEST

BILGE

BLOWERS

GENERATOR

ON START/PREHEAT

RUN

STBD

PORT

GEN

ENERGIZE

STOP/ PRIME

SEE OWNERS MANUAL FOR

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

STBD

PREHEAT/

STATUS

12 VOLTS DC

WATER LEVEL

FULL

3/4

1/2

1/4

EMPTY

MASTER HEAD

GUEST HEAD

DISCHARGE PUMP

POWER VENTS

STEREO

GALLEY

REFRIG/FREEZER

BRIDGE/COCKPIT

REFRIGERATOR

WASTE SYSTEM CONTROL

FULL

DONOTFLUSH

1/2

EMPTY

POWER

NOTICE

WITH SWITCH ON:

INDICATOR ON - NORMAL

INDICATOR OFF - CHECK SEACOCK

DISCHARGE OF SEWAGE DIRECTLY OVERBOARD

IS FOR USE WHERE APPROVED ONLY.

SEE OWNERS MANUAL FOR OPERATING

INSTRUCTIONS OF OVERBOARD DISCHARGE VALVES

FWD LIGHTING

AFT LIGHTING

BILGE/COCKPIT

LIGHTING

FRESH WATER

PUMP

SYSTEM

12V RECEPTACLE

ACCESSORY

DE-ENERGIZE

CAUTION

IF SWITCH IS TURNED OFF

WHILE ENGINE IS RUNNING

ALTERNATOR WILL BE DAMAGED

PORT

MASTER IGNITION

STBD

MAIN BATTERY SOLENOIDS

PORT

GEN

ENERGIZE

STBD

DE-ENERGIZE

NOTE: The bilge pumps, emergency bilge pumps, bilge blowers, stereo memory and systems monitor

CANNOT be turned OFF with the battery solenoid switches. The entire remaining DC system CAN be turned OFF with the battery solenoid switches.

A. M

AIN

ATTERY

OLENOIDS

The main engine and generator solenoids are located inside the Main Disconnect Enclosure which is located portside on the aft bilge component board (See figure 6.2.1).

AIN

ISCONNECT

NCLOSURE

. 6.3.2)

B C

PORT LINE

SIDE PANEL

FEED

OFF

WINDLASS

SOLENOID

FEED

PORT LOAD

SIDE PANEL

FEED

SWIM

PLATFORM

STBD LOAD

SIDE PANEL

FEED

OFF

GANGPLANK

SOLENOID

STBD LINE

SIDE PANEL

FEED

MAIN BATTERY SOLENOIDS

PORT GEN STBD

ENERGIZE

DE - ENERGIZE

I H

GENERATOR SOLENOID

WINDLASS SOLENOID

STBD LOAD SIDE PANEL FEED

STBD LINE SIDE PANEL FEED

FUSE BLOCK

BATTERY SWITCHES

STBD ENGINE SOLENOID

EMERGENCY START SOLENOID

PORT LOAD SIDE PANEL FEED

PORT ENGINE SOLENOID

WINDLASS SOLENOID FEED

PORT LINE SIDE PANEL FEED

Function

Port Line Side Panel Feed

Windlass Solenoid Feed

Port Load Side Panel Feed

Swim Platform

STBD Load Side Panel Feed

Gangplank/Davit Solenoid (Optional)

STBD Line Side Panel Feed

Amperage

100

N/A

150

100

HRUSTER

OLENOID

PTIONAL

)

. 6.3.3)

B. W

INDLASS

OLENOID

The latching solenoid for the windlass is located in the Main Disconnect Enclosure located portside on the aft bilge component board (See figure 6.3.2).

C. B

HRUSTER

OLENOID

PTIONAL

)

The latching solenoid for the bow thruster is located on the component board in the utility room portside of the optional washer/dryer (See figure 6.3.3). The utility room can be accessed by a hatch in the mid galley floor.

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge)

E B

BATTERY CONVERTER

CONVERTER FUSE (60 AMP)

BOW THRUSTER SOLENOID

BOW THRUSTER FUSE (175 AMP)

WASHER/DRYER RECEPTACLE

(OPTIONAL)

FUSE (30 AMP)

G FUSE (7.5 AMP)

6.3

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

YSTEM

AIN

DC B

REAKER

ANEL

. 6.4.1)

CABIN MAIN

PORT

IGNITION

CABLEMASTER

BAITWELL

ELECTRONIC

CONTROL

ACCESSORY

FWD

SUMP PUMP

FWD EMERGENCY

PUMP

FWD BILGE

PUMP

AFT EMERGENCY

PUMP

AFT

PUMP

CABIN STEREO

MEMORY

PORT BLOWER

ENGINE

UNSWITCHED

SMARTCRAFT

UNSWITCHED

BATTERY

CHARGER

PORT 12 VDC STBD

CONTROL

STATION MAIN

ELECTRONICS

STBD

IGNITION

OIL CHANGE

PUMP

ELECTRONIC

CONTROL

ACCESSORY

EMERGENCY

BILGE PUMP

AFT SUMP

PUMP

AFT

BILGE PUMP

SYSTEMS

MONITOR

BRIDGE/COCKPIT

STEREO MEMORY

STBD BLOWER

ENGINE

UNSWITCHED

SMARTCRAFT

UNSWITCHED

BATTERY

CHARGER

HIGH CURRENT PRESENT AT ALL

TIMES ON 12VDC LINE FEEDS,

CIRCUIT BREAKER IS LOCATED IN

MAIN DISCONNECT ENCLOSURE

TURN OFF POWER PRIOR TO SERVICING PANEL.

6.4

NOTE: Panel layout and labeling are subject to variance due to customized optional accessories and equipment upgrades

12 Volt DC Breakers

Cabin Main

Port Ignition

Cable Master

Baitwell

Electronic Control

Accessory

FWD Sump Pump

Fwd Emergency Pump

Fwd Bilge Pump

Aft Emergency Pump

Aft Pump

Cabin Stereo Memory

Port Blower

Engine Unswitched

SmartCraft ® Unswitched

Battery Charger

Amperage

12 Volt DC Breakers

Control Station Main

Electronics

STBD Ignition

Oil Change Pump

Electronic Control

Accessory

Emergency Bilge Pump

Aft Sump Pump

Aft Bilge Pump

Systems Monitor

Bridge/Cockpit Stereo Memory

STBD Blower

Engine Unswitched

SmartCraft ® Unswitched

Battery Charger

Amperage

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge)

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

YSTEM

4. M

AIN

DC B

REAKER

ANEL

The main DC breaker panel (Figure 6.4.1) is located starboard side on the aft bilge component board

(See figure 6.1.1).The panel contains breakers for various equipment throughout the boat.

5. I

GNITION

ROTECTION

To avoid the possibility of creating sparks, electrical components in the engine room are ignition protected.

The bilge pumps, emergency bilge pumps, sump pump, battery chargers and stereo memory remain energized at all times and CANNOT be turned OFF with the battery solenoids. The entire remaining DC system CAN be turned OFF with the battery solenoids.

! DANGER

Use ONLY Marine Rated parts to replace such items as starters, distributors, alternators, generators, etc. Do not use Automotive Parts because they are not ignition protected and could cause a fire or explosion.

Protective terminal covers, such as rubber boots on electrical connections, must be in place when engine is operating or working in the engine room.

6. C

ONTROL

ANEL

TATION

REAKER

The control station breaker panel is located behind the kick panel door below the steering wheel.

In the event one of the breakers trip, determine and correct the fault, then reset by depressing the tripped breaker.

CAUTION

Always disconnect battery cables before doing any work on the engine’s electrical system or alternator wiring to prevent arcing or damage to the alternator.

ONTROL

TATION

REAKER

ANEL

. 6.5.1)

NAV

LIGHTS

ENGINE

SYNC

TRIM

TABS

SPOT

LIGHT

12V DC

RECEPT

NAV

LIGHTS

ENGINE

SYNC

TRIM

TABS

SPOT

LIGHT

12V DC

RECEPT

HORN LIGHTING STEREO

SPREADER

LIGHTS ACCY PORT

WIPER

CENTER STBD

HORN ACCY

BRIDGE CONTROL STATION BREAKER PANEL

Function

Navigation Lights

Engine Synchronizer (Optional)

Trim Tabs

Spotlight

12V DC Receptacle

Amperage

LOWER CONTROL STATION BREAKER PANEL

(OPTIONAL)

Function

Wipers

Horn

Lighting

Stereo

Spreader Lights

Accessory

Amperage

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge) 6.5

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

YSTEM

7. E

LECTRICAL

& B

REAKERS

USE

LOCK

, T

YPICAL

. 6.6.1)

YSTEM

USE

LOCKS Conversely if a fuse or breaker is replaced with one of higher amperage, it will not provide adequate protection against an electrical malfunction and could create a possible fire hazard.

It is recommended that you carry spare fuses and breakers.

Some of the various types of breakers used on your boat are as follows:

This type is an in-line fuse holder and uses an automotive-type blade fuse.

FUSE

Fuse blocks utilizing automotive type blade fuses are used to provide overload protection.

Control Station Fuse Block: Located on the forward bulkhead under the control station.

It can be accessed by a door directly below the helm. This fuse block protects the VHF radio, radar, autopilot and other electronic accessories.

Cabin Fuse Block: Located on the main distribution panel accessory board behind the 12 volt DC distribution panel in the salon. This fuse block provides power to the carbon monoxide monitors, TV antenna amplifier and main distribution panel lights.

In the event it becomes necessary to replace a fuse or an electrical breaker, REPLACE THE

FUSE OR BREAKER ONLY WITH A FUSE OR

BREAKER OF THE SAME RATING. The amperage is marked on the fuse or breaker.

If a fuse or breaker is replaced with one of lower amperage, it will be insufficient to carry the electrical load of the equipment it is connected to and cause nuisance tripping or blowing.

This type of breaker is found on the control station DC breaker panel located behind the access panel below the control station switch panel. These breakers protect the trim tabs, wipers, windshield vent, navigation lights, hatch lift, spot light, engine synchronizer, horn, instrument lights, 12V receptacle and accessories.

This type of breaker is typically found on the main distribution panel. It selects the electrical power source, either from the generator or from shore power.

6.6

WARNING

Use of higher amperage fuses or breakers is a fire hazard.

Use fuses and breakers having the same amperage rating as the original or as specified.

This type of breaker is found on the main DC breaker panel. It is used to protect the bilge pumps, sump pumps, bilge blowers, control station main, electronics, systems

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge)

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

YSTEM monitor, oil change pump, stereo memory and accessories. This is a manual reset breaker. It can be turned off by inserting a small screwdriver in the slot on the toggle switch.

This type of breaker is used to protect high amperage equipment. They are found in the bilge and protect the windlass and the davit.

9. E

MERGENCY

TART

YSTEM

The emergency star t system utilizes one momentary rocker switch located on the control station switch panel and one emergency start solenoid located in the Main Disconnect Enclosure

(See figure 6.3.2). Holding the switch energizes the solenoid which parallels the batteries to assist in starting.

Use the emergency start system when the charge of one bank of batteries is insufficient to start its corresponding engine.

MERGENCY

TART

WITCH

. 6.7.1)

This type is a current limiting fuse which is used to isolate faults in battery operated systems and equipment

(motor circuits, panel feeders, etc.).

PORT

IGNITION

EMERGENCY

START

STBD

IGNITION

8. 12 V

OLT

CCESSORY

ECEPTACLE

Your boat is equipped with three (3) 12 volt accessory receptacles. One is located at the control station below the steering wheel, another in the galley inside the lower cabinet behind the stove and the third is located on the port aft of the salon behind the sofa ( See figure 2.24.1 and 2.25.1) . It is a cigarette lighter style receptacle to be used with any 12 volt accessories using this type of plug.

To engage the engine emergency start system, start whichever engine has sufficient battery power, then hold the emergency start switch while starting the other engine.

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge) 6.7

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

YSTEM

ONTROL

TATION

LECTRONICS

OMPONENT

OARD

. 6.8.1)

THROTTLE POSITION SENSORS

STEREO AMPLIFIER

SMARTCRAFT J-BOXES

AUTOPILOT

RADAR

SEA RAY NAVIGATOR POWER SUPPLY

SEA RAY NAVIGATOR II POWER SUPPLY

(OPTIONAL)

LIGHT DIMMER MODULE

CONTROL STATION NEGATIVE BUS

ELECTRONICS FUSE BLOCK

VHF

BREAKER PANEL

AUTOPILOT PUMP

STEREO AMPLIFIER BREAKER

FUSE BLOCK

MAIN 12VDEC

NEGATIVE BUS

S-CRAFT J BOX

S ELECTRONICS MAIN

NEGATIVE

ELECTRONICS MAIN

WIPER MODULE

L K

P Q

T S

LOWER STATION COMPONENT

BOARD (OPTIONAL)

10. E

LECTRONICS

IRCUIT

The 50 amp electronics circuit utilizes a circuit breaker on the Main DC Breaker Panel in the bilge to energize the electronics fuse block at the control station. There is a static ground buss located at the control station for connection of electronic equipment static grounds only, not for current carrying grounds.

6.8

11. DC D

ISTRIBUTION

ANEL

Your boat is equipped with a DC distribution panel located on the port aft salon. The breaker panel contains switches for various equipment throughout the boat plus the main battery and generator switch.

The bilge pumps, emergency bilge pumps, bilge blowers, stereo memory and systems monitor

CANNOT be turned OFF with the battery solenoid switches. The entire remaining DC system CAN be turned OFF with the battery solenoid switches.

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge)

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

YSTEM

DC D

ISTRIBUTION

ANEL

. 6.9.1)

BATTERY

VOLTAGE TEST

BILGE

BLOWERS

PORT

GENERATOR

ON START/PREHEAT

RUN

STBD

PORT GEN

ENERGIZE

STOP/ PRIME

SEE OWNERS MANUAL FOR

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

STBD

PREHEAT/

STATUS

12 VOLTS DC

WATER LEVEL

FULL

3/4

1/2

1/4

EMPTY

WASTE SYSTEM CONTROL

FULL

DONOTFLUSH

1/2

EMPTY

POWER

NOTICE

WITH SWITCH ON:

INDICATOR ON - NORMAL

INDICATOR OFF - CHECK SEACOCK

DISCHARGE OF SEWAGE DIRECTLY OVERBOARD

IS FOR USE WHERE APPROVED ONLY.

SEE OWNERS MANUAL FOR OPERATING

INSTRUCTIONS OF OVERBOARD DISCHARGE VALVES

MASTER HEAD FWD LIGHTING

GUEST HEAD

DISCHARGE PUMP

POWER VENTS

STEREO

GALLEY

REFRIG/FREEZER

BRIDGE/COCKPIT

REFRIGERATOR

AFT LIGHTING

BILGE/COCKPIT

LIGHTING

FRESH WATER

PUMP

SYSTEM

12V RECEPTACLE

ACCESSORY

DE-ENERGIZE

CAUTION

IF SWITCH IS TURNED OFF

WHILE ENGINE IS RUNNING

ALTERNATOR WILL BE DAMAGED

PORT

MASTER IGNITION

STBD

NOTE: Panel layout and labeling are subject to variance due to customized optional accessories and equipment upgrades

12 Volt DC Breakers

Master Head

Guest Head

Discharge Pump (Optional)

Power Vents

Stereo

Galley Refrig/Freezer

Bridge/Cockpit Refrigerator

Amperage

12 Volt DC Breakers

FWD Lighting

Aft Lighting

Bilge/Cockpit Lighting

Fresh Water Pump

TV Systems (Optional)

12V Receptacle

Accessory

Amperage

NOTE: Servicing should be referred to a qualified electrician.

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge) 6.9

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

YSTEM

12. AC S

YSTEM

! DANGER

EXTREME HAZARD – Swimming near a boat operating on AC electrical system can lead to severe shock and death. Never swim or allow swimming when AC system is in use.

The 52 DB’s AC standard electrical system operates on a 240V/50 amp shore power system.

Take time to become familiar with the Main

Distribution Panel in the port salon (See figure

6.11.1).

NOTE: Actual usage of equipment will depend on the amperage output of the power source available.

Line voltage from the generator or shore power is shown by the voltmeters on the main distribution panel. The ammeters indicate amperes being drawn through the selected power source’s circuit breakers on the main distribution panel.

CAUTION

Never operate 240 volt shore power at less than

220 volts.

The 120 volt wiring installed on Sea Ray ® boats consists of three (3) color-coded wires. The black wire is the “hot” feed, white is the common, or neutral, and the green wire is the ground. All branch breakers and switches for AC equipment are installed on the “hot” wire. The green conductors on board the boat are connected to the AC neutral/ grounding bus behind the salon main distribution panel.

CAUTION

Never operate 120 volt shore power at less than 110 volts.

The main breakers may trip if there is a surge in line voltage, an electrical storm or an onboard system overload.

The main distribution panel main breakers are equipped with a source selector slide to prevent the generator and shore power from being energized at the same time and damaging the electrical system. Both breakers must be in the OFF position before switching to an alternate power source.

WARNING

Under no circumstances override the source select system.

The 240 volt system wiring consists of four (4) colorcoded wires. The black and red wires are the “hot” feeds, the white is the common, or neutral, and the green wire is the safety ground. The shore main circuit breakers protect the black and the red hot feed wires. All 240 volt branch breakers and switches for AC equipment are installed on the “hot” wires. The green conductor of the shore power is connected to the shield of the isolation transformer.

The green conductors on board the boat are connected to the AC neutral/grounding bus behind the main distribution panel.

6.10

13. S

HORE

OWER

A. I

SOLATION

RANSFORMERS

Your yacht is equipped with an isolation transformer.

The boat’s electrical system and grounding conductor are not actually connected to the dockside system. The Isolation Transformer transfers power from the dockside electrical system to the boat’s electrical system by magnetic coupling.

This means there is no direct electrical connection between the earth-grounded shore AC power and boat AC power. Isolating the power this way has several benefits which are listed below:

1. Eliminates shock hazards to people swimming around the boat.

2. Prevents reverse polarity due to a miss-wired shore power pedestal providing further protection to people onboard as well as sensitive AC appliances.

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge)

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

YSTEM

AC M

AIN

ISTRIBUTION

ANEL

. 6.11.1)

POWER

100

200

300

AC VOLTS

GENERATOR

POWER

MAIN DISTRIBUTION PANEL

240 VOLT AC

AIR CONDITIONER

PUMP & RELAY

100 200

300

AC VOLTS

SHORE

FWD AIR

CONDITIONER

SALON AIR

CONDITIONER #1

SALON AIR

CONDITIONER #2

10 20 30

AC AMPERES

ACCESSORY

STOVE

WATER HEATER

AFT AIR

CONDITIONER

BRIDGE/COCKPIT

AIR CONDITIONER

ACCESSORY

GENERATOR SHORE

PRIOR TO CONNECTING OR DISCONNECTING SHORE

POWER CABLE, TURN OFF PANEL MAIN BREAKER

AND BREAKER AT DOCKSIDE RECEPTACLE OR

SHORE POWER CABLE MAY BE DAMAGED.

120 VOLTS AC

GALLEY SYSTEMS

PORT SYSTEMS

BATTERY CHARGER

BOW THRUSTER

BATTERY CHARGER

ACCESSORY

STBD SYSTEMS

AFT SYSTEMS

MICROWAVE

REFRIGERATOR/

FREEZER

WASHER/DRYER

ACCESSORY

NOTE: Panel layout and labeling are subject to variance due to customized optional accessories and equipment upgrades

240 Volt AC Breakers

Air Conditioner Pump & Relay

FWD Air Conditioner

Salon A/C #1

Salon A/C #2

Accessory

Stove

Water Heater

Aft Air Conditioner

Bridge/Cockpit A/C

Accessory

Amperage

120 Volt AC Breakers

Galley Systems

Port Systems

Battery Charger

Bow Thruster Battery Charger

Accessory

STBD Systems

Aft Systems

Microwave

Refrigerator/Freezer

Washer/Dryer

Accessory

NOTE: Servicing should be referred to a qualified electrician.

Amperage

20 xx

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge) 6.11

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

YSTEM

AC M

AIN

ISTRIBUTION

ANEL

(220VAC E

URO

PTION

)

. 6.12.1)

100

200

300

AC VOLTS

10 20 30

AC AMPERES

MAIN DISTRIBUTION PANEL

220 VAC 50HZ

100

200

300

AC VOLTS

10 20 30

AC AMPERES

LINE 1

POWER

GENERATOR

POWER

SHORE

PRIOR TO CONNECTING OR DISCONNECTING SHORE

POWER CABLE, TURN OFF PANEL MAIN BREAKER

AND BREAKER AT DOCKSIDE RECEPTACLE OR

SHORE POWER CABLE MAY BE DAMAGED.

GALLEY SYSTEMS

PORT SYSTEMS

POWER

LINE 2

GENERATOR

POWER

SHORE

MICROWAVE

REFRIGERATOR/

FREEZER

A/C PUMP RELAY

SALON AIR

CONDITIONER #1

PRIOR TO CONNECTING OR DISCONNECTING SHORE

POWER CABLE, TURN OFF PANEL MAIN BREAKER

AND BREAKER AT DOCKSIDE RECEPTACLE OR

SHORE POWER CABLE MAY BE DAMAGED.

AFT AIR

CONDITIONER

BATTERY CHARGER

BOW THRUSTER

BATTERY CHARGER

ACCESSORY

STBD SYSTEMS

AFT SYSTEMS

WATER HEATER

STOVE

SALON AIR

CONDITIONER #2

FWD AIR

CONDITIONER

WASHER/DRYER

BRIDGE/COCKPIT

AIR CONDITIONER

ACCESSORY

6.12

NOTE: Panel layout and labeling are subject to variance due to customized optional accessories and equipment upgrades

220 Volt AC Breakers

Galley Systems

Port Systems

Microwave

Refrigerator/Freezer

A/C Pump

Salon A/C #1

Aft A/C

Battery Charger

Bow Thruster Battery Charger

Accessory

Amperage

220 Volt AC Breakers

STBD Systems

Aft Systems

Water Heater

Stove

Salon A/C #2

FWD A/C

Washer/Dryer

Bridge/Cockpit A/C

Accessory

Amperage

NOTE: Servicing should be referred to a qualified electrician.

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge)

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

YSTEM

3. Prevents galvanic current corrosion due to the direct connection to AC shore power.

REFER TO OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR

INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.

B. I

OOST

RANSFORMER

PTIONAL

)

The IsoBoost Transformer combines a shoreline

Isolation Transformer, described above, with a voltage sensing and switching circuit providing the ability to automatically increase the line voltage on your boat, all in a single unit. The isolation transformer completely isolates input power from output power giving you an improved degree of safety and preventing galvanic current corrosion due to the direct connection to AC shore power.

The IsoBoost increases the boat’s voltage when it falls below 204 volts due to low shoreline voltage.

The IsoBoost gives you the reliability and assurance that adequate voltage is provided for all the AC equipment on the boat.

manual in owner’s manual packet for detailed instructions.

4. Boat system protection: if the boat’s voltage drops below 192 VAC for more than four seconds, the IsoBoost output is turned off. Power will not be supplied again until shore voltage has increased by at least 20 VAC. If the boat’s voltage exceeds 260 VAC for five seconds, the

IsoBoost output is turned off. Refer to IsoBoost manual in the owner’s manual packet for detailed instructions.

If the IsoBoost Transformer turns off for a prolonged period of time, turn on the generator to supply AC power. Follow generator operating instructions (See

Section 3 - Using Your Boat, page 3.8).

C. G

LENDINNING

ABLEMASTER

The 52 DB is equipped with 240 volt/50amp shore power cord for hookup to dockside power.

A cablemaster system provides remote control access to automatically advance and retrieve the power cord (See Section 3 - Using Your Boat for operation of the cablemaster system). The power cable is on the transom of your yacht.

OOST

RANSFORMER

EATURES

1. The output voltage is boosted (increased) by

15% if the supplied voltage is too low. This low voltage commonly occurs when connecting to marina power sources that are derived from a

208 volt system rather than from a 240 volt system. The IsoBoost Transformer can extend the useful life of many electrical components installed on the boat.

2. Monitors the incoming voltage and alarms to warn you that the shore voltage has dropped to a level outside the boosting range. It will automatically shut down under conditions of extreme low voltage.

3. The remote indicator panel (installed at the main distribution panel in the cabin) allows you to monitor the operating status of your IsoBoost

Transformer without having to go physically to the engine room to look at it. Refer to IsoBoost

240V/50

AMP

ABLEMASTER

. 6.13.1)

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge) 6.13

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

YSTEM

D. M

AIN

HORE

OWER

REAKER

The 52 DB is equipped with a 240VAC main shore power breaker box located on the aft port support post in the bilge.

WARNING

Under no circumstances override the source select system.

The breaker must be ON at all times to operate the shore AC power system.

Advance shore power cord to dockside power box.

Ensure dockside breaker is OFF.

AIN

HORE

OWER

REAKER

. 6.14.1)

Plug the shore power cord into the shore power outlet box on the dock.

Thread the locking ring on the outlet to secure cable and prevent accidental unplugging. and turn the circuit breaker on the dock to the ON position.

E. S

HORE

OWER

OOKUP

(U.S.)

Your 52 DB 240/120 volt AC main distribution panel distributes the required voltage for all the boat’s AC equipment and accessories. It is very important to know and understand where the power originates and how the power is distributed to the different voltage equipment and accessories.

CAUTION

It is imperative that the shore power outlet is dry before plugging into the dock power inlet.

To access the shore power cable, become familiar with the instructions in Section 3 - Using Your Boat, page 3.10 for “Cablemaster With Remote,” then follow these steps:

Make sure the shore power breaker and all AC branch breakers on the AC main distribution panel are OFF.

POWER

100

200

300

AC VOLTS

GENERATOR

POWER

MAIN DISTRIBUTION PANEL

240 VOLT AC

AIR CONDITIONER

PUMP & RELAY

100

200

300

AC VOLTS

SHORE

FWD AIR

CONDITIONER

SALON AIR

CONDITIONER #1

STOVE

WATER HEATER

AFT AIR

CONDITIONER

SALON AIR

CONDITIONER #2

BRIDGE/COCKPIT

AIR CONDITIONER

10 20 30 40

AC AMPERES

ACCESSORY ACCESSORY

GENERATOR SHORE

PRIOR TO CONNECTING OR DISCONNECTING SHORE

POWER CABLE, TURN OFF PANEL MAIN BREAKER

AND BREAKER AT DOCKSIDE RECEPTACLE OR

SHORE POWER CABLE MAY BE DAMAGED.

120 VOLTS AC

GALLEY SYSTEMS

PORT SYSTEMS

BATTERY CHARGER

BOW THRUSTER

BATTERY CHARGER

ACCESSORY

STBD SYSTEMS

AFT SYSTEMS

MICROWAVE

REFRIGERATOR/

FREEZER

WASHER/DRYER

ACCESSORY

SHORE POWER LIGHT

Check the POWER light on the main distribution panel.

The POWER light

100

POWER

200

AC VOLTS

GENERATOR

300

POWER

100

200

AC VOLTS

SHORE

300 should be on and meter should be registering proper voltage. If not have the dockmaster check the dockside power.

CAUTION

Do not energize main breaker under reversed polarity conditions.

6.14

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge)

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

YSTEM

Turn ON the AC main shore power breaker.

Individual AC breakers and switches can now be energized.

CAUTION

The use of extension shore power cords is not recommended. Excessive power cord extensions can cause a voltage drop and may prevent some electronic devices from operating correctly.

CAUTION

Shore power cord should be secured or routed to avoid laying or falling into water and to avoid stress on shore power plug and inlet.

ENERATOR

1. Start the generator by following the generator start-up procedures in Section 3 - Using Your

Boat, page 3.8 or in your generator owner’s manual.

2. Make sure the

SHORE POWER and all branch breakers on the main distribution panel are

OFF.

3. Slide the source selector to expose the

GENERATOR breaker and turn the breaker

ON.

POWER

100

200

300

AC VOLTS

GENERATOR

POWER

MAIN DISTRIBUTION PANEL

240 VOLT AC

AIR CONDITIONER

PUMP & RELAY

100

200

300

AC VOLTS

SHORE

FWD AIR

CONDITIONER

SALON AIR

CONDITIONER #1

SALON AIR

CONDITIONER #2

20 30

AC AMPERES

ACCESSORY

STOVE

WATER HEATER

AFT AIR

CONDITIONER

BRIDGE/COCKPIT

AIR CONDITIONER

ACCESSORY

GENERATOR SHORE

PRIOR TO CONNECTING OR DISCONNECTING SHORE

POWER CABLE, TURN OFF PANEL MAIN BREAKER

AND BREAKER AT DOCKSIDE RECEPTACLE OR

SHORE POWER CABLE MAY BE DAMAGED.

120 VOLTS AC

GALLEY SYSTEMS

PORT SYSTEMS

BATTERY CHARGER

BOW THRUSTER

BATTERY CHARGER

ACCESSORY

STBD SYSTEMS

AFT SYSTEMS

MICROWAVE

REFRIGERATOR/

FREEZER

WASHER/DRYER

ACCESSORY

GENERATOR SHORE

F. S

HORE

OWER

OOKUP

’

The 220 volt main distribution panel distributes the required voltage for all the boat's AC equipment and accessories. It is important to know and understand where the power originates and how the power is distributed to the LINE 1 and LINE 2 equipment and accessories.

Your 52 DB is equipped with 220 volt AC service.

There are two (2) shore power cables. Both are for

220 volt AC power.

By looking at the AC main distribution panel (AC

MDP), notice there is a LINE 1 and LINE 2 side for equipment and accessories.

Make sure the LINE 1 MAIN shore power breaker and all LINE 1 AC branch breakers on the main AC distribution panel are OFF.

Advance shore power LINE 1 cord to dockside power box. Ensure dockside breaker is OFF, then plug the dockside cord into the shore power outlet box on the dock.

Turn the circuit breaker on the dock to the

ON position.

Check the LINE 1 polarity lights on the main distribution panel. The POWER lights should be on. If the REVERSED lights are on, have the dockmaster check the dockside power for a reversed connection.

Slide upper source selector to the left to expose the two (2) breakers marked

SHORE. By pushing the two (2) breakers up you will be supplying 220 volts of AC power through the AC MDP to only the LINE 1 side.

To supply power to the LINE 2 side of the AC MDP, repeat steps 1 through 4.

4. Stop the generator by following the generator shut down procedures in Section 3 - Using Your

Boat, 3.10 or in your generator owner’s manual.

NOTE: Keep in mind that each shore power cord will only feed its respective loads on the panel.

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge) 6.15

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

YSTEM

ENERATOR

Start the generator by following the generator startup procedures in Section 3 - Using Your Boat, page 3.8 or in your generator owner’s manual.

Once the generator is started, slide upper source selector to the right to expose the two

(2) breakers marked GENERATOR and push the two (2) breakers up to energize LINE 1.

To energize LINE 2, repeat step 2 on the LINE

2 side.

ATTERY

HARGER

. 6.16.1)

BATTERY

CHARGER

G. M

AINTENANCE FOR

HORE

OWER

ABLE

& S

HORE

OWER

NLETS

WARNING

Disconnect the power cable from power source before performing maintenance.

The metallic parts of your cable set and inlet are made to resist corrosion. In salt water environment, life of the product can be increased by periodically wiping the exposed parts with fresh water, drying and spraying with a moisture repellent.

A soiled cable can be cleaned with grease-cutting household detergent. A periodic application of vinyl protector will help both ends and cable maintain their original appearance.

In case of salt water spray or immersion: Rinse plug end and/or connector end thoroughly in fresh water, shake or blow out excess water and allow to dry. Spray with a moisture repellent before reuse.

NOTICE

Leave the converter running at all times to maintain the 12 volt system voltage.

these units bring a new sophistication to the battery charger field. These units feature a built-in amperage indicator located on the front panel. This gives an accurate reading of the combined battery current and load current. If the batteries are fully charged and no load is present, the ammeter will read near zero. To verify that the charger is functioning properly, turn on lights or other load. The ammeter should register an increase.

WARNING

Never block air circulation through the unit. Never store any gear on top of the units.

Charging characteristics contain three (3) elements:

14. B

ATTERY

HARGER

The battery charging unit, located in bilge port side of the main battery box, is fully automatic and is designed specifically for the marine environment.

The high frequency characteristic has allowed these chargers to achieve a huge size and weight reduction over their previously used equipment.

Commonly called high frequency or smart chargers,

6.16

• Bulk Charge - this is initiated at power up and provides the chargers full-rated current to the battery bank until a predetermined voltage level of 14.2V to 14.4V is achieved and/or a certain time has passed.

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge)

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

YSTEM

• Absorption Charge - this stage immediately follows the bulk charge mode. It maintains the battery voltage at the bulk charge voltage level, but gradually decreases the current as the battery accepts the charge until it reaches a predetermined current level.

• Float Charge - this stage is designed to hold the battery at a safe, low voltage (typically

13.3V) providing up to the chargers full rated amperage to accommodate DC load requirements. The charge will remain in this mode until the AC power is cycled off and then on again.

REFER TO OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR

INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.

A. C

HARGING

HRUSTER

MANUFACTURER

FOR DETAILS

HARACTERISTICS

ATTERY

HARGER

PERATOR

NSTALLATION

ANUAL

The bow thruster battery charging unit, located on the aft bulkhead of the utility room, is fully automatic and is designed specifically for the marine environment. It is powered by the 120VAC BOW

THRUSTER BATTERY CHARGER breaker on the

Main AC Distribution Panel.

Charging characteristics contain three (3) elements:

• Bulk Charge - this is initiated at power up and provides the chargers full-rated current to the battery bank until a predetermined voltage level of 28.4V to 28.8V is achieved and/or a certain time has passed.

• Float Charge - this stage is designed to hold the battery at a safe, low voltage (typically

26.6V) providing up to the chargers full rated amperage to accommodate DC load requirements. The charge will remain in this mode until the AC power is cycled off and then on again.

HRUSTER

ATTERY

ONVERTER

. 6.17.1)

E B

BATTERY CONVERTER

CONVERTER FUSE (60 AMP)

BOW THRUSTER SOLENOID

BOW THRUSTER FUSE (175 AMP)

WASHER/DRYER RECEPTACLE

(OPTIONAL)

FUSE (30 AMP)

FUSE (7.5 AMP)

15. X

ELOGEN

IGHTING

The 52 DB uses 12 volt Xelogen lights throughout as the primary lighting system. The system is powered by the 12 volt batteries and the AC low voltage lighting system. It is activated by the lighting breakers on the DC distribution panel in the salon

(See figure 6.9.1).

Your boat is equipped with a variety of different lighting fixtures (See figure 2.26.1

thru 2.28.1). Always replace a bulb using the type and wattage of the original bulb.

ELOGEN

ULB

. 6.17.1)

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge) 6.17

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

YSTEM

CAUTION

The filament bulbs used in all Xelogen-cycle lamps generate intense heat. To avoid the possibility of fire, do not use lamp at close range to materials that are combustible or affected by heat or drying.

Xelogen-cycle bulbs are pressurized and could shatter if scratched or damaged. Glass Xelogencycle bulbs should be protected against contact with liquids when operating.

A. C

HANGING

A B

LOWN

ELOGEN

ULB

Use appropriate protection, such as a clean cloth or gloves when handling or disposing of all Xelogencycle bulbs. Wear eye protection. Turn power off when installing or before removing lamp. Allow lamp to cool before removal.

Remove grease or fingerprints from new Xelogen bulbs with a grease-free solvent before use.

Grab light fixture housing and pull gently from ceiling or wall.

Take care when pulling the housing as it is spring loaded in the socket and the clips will snap quickly downward when released from the ceiling or wall.

Grab the fixture containing the bulb and twist counter clockwise.

Pull the fixture out of the housing and replace the bulb with a bulb of equal wattage.

NOTE: The glass face plate in the housing is very fragile.

Be careful that it remains in place and does not fall out, as it will break easily.

To replace the housing, reverse the previous directions. Grab the clips and hold them upwards until the housing is placed into its receptacle in the wall or ceiling. Push gently to seat the light housing securely.

B. AC L

OLTAGE

IGHTING

Some overhead lighting in the master stateroom and the port and starboard salon are powered by the generator or the shore power s y s t e m .

T r a n s f o r m e r s located behind the

DC distribution panel and under master

IGHTING

RANSFORMERS

. 6.18.1) stateroom starboard hanging closet reduce the voltage from 120VAC to 24VAC supplying the lighting with a stable, constant power source. AC branch breakers must be on to operate these lights.

6.18

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge)

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

YSTEM

16. G

ROUND

AULT

NTERRUPTER

ECEPTACLE

(GFI)

Ground fault interrupter receptacles (Figure

6.19.1) are located in the master head forward upper storage cabinet, guest head in the aft upper storage cabinet, and under the bridge s t e p s i n s i d e t h e s t o r a g e u n i t . T h e G F I receptacles are out of sight and wired in-line with the exposed receptacles throughout the yacht. This allows your yacht to have an elegant exposed receptacle while still providing protection from shock hazards. Please read and understand the CAUTION block for GFI receptacles.

CAUTION

Persons with heart problems or other conditions which make them susceptible to electric shock may still be injured by ground faults on circuits protected by the GFI receptacle. No safety devices yet designed will protect against all hazards or carelessly handled or misused electrical equipment or wiring.

The GFI receptacle does not protect against short circuits or overloads. This is the function of the circuit breaker.

A. I

NTERNATIONAL

ECEPTACLE

All readily accessible 220V outlets are protected by a Residual Current Circuit Breaker (RCCB). This current breaker is mounted in an accessible, outof-sight location such as under a cabinet and includes a test switch to verify proper operation. Its function is similar, but not identical to the 120V GFI.

ESIDUAL

URRENT

IRCUIT

REAKER

. 6.19.2)

The GFI receptacle is designed to protect people from the line-to-ground shock hazards which could occur from defective power tools or appliances operating from this device, or from down-line outlets protected by it. It does not prevent line-to-ground electric shock, but does limit the time of exposure to a period considered safe for normally healthy persons.

It does not protect persons against line-to-line or line-to-neutral faults.

NTERNATIONAL

. 6.19.3)

ECEPTACLE

REFER TO OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR

INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.

GFI O

UTLET

. 6.19.1)

17. G

ENERATOR

Sea Ray ® strongly urges you to fully comply with the manual provided by the generator manufacturer.

The generator is warranted separately by the generator manufacturer, NOT Sea Ray ® . Follow the recommended maintenance and warranty schedule in your Generator Operator’s Manual included in the Owner’s Manual Packet. Generator abuse or improper maintenance may adversely affect claims made under generator manufacturer separate warranty.

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge) 6.19

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

YSTEM

NOTICE

The generator is located in the aft area of the engine room. Generator gauges are located in the forward cabinet of the cockpit entertainment center.

The procedures for starting, stopping and switching between generator and shore power are explained in Section 3 - Using Your Boat, pages 3.8 thru 3.10

ENERATOR

. 6.20.1)

CAUTION

Do not run the generator in an enclosed area, such as a closed boathouse, as there is a possibility of build-up and inhaling of carbon monoxide.

CAUTION

Replace zinc sacrificial anodes if they are corroded

50% or more.

deterioration. Refer to your Sea Ray ® dealer to investigate the source of stray corrosive currents.

Zinc plates are installed on the transom and trim tabs (Figure 6.20.2) to protect underwater hardware. Zinc, being much less “noble” than copper based alloys and aluminum used in Sea

Ray ® underwater fittings, will deteriorate first and protect the more noble parts.

Zinc anodes generally require replacement about once a year. (In salt water areas, replace

every six (6) months). The need to replace anodes more frequently may indicate a stray current problem within the boat or at the slip or mooring. If zinc anodes do not need replacing after one year, they may not be providing proper protection. Loose anodes or low-grade zinc may be the problem.

DO NOT PAINT BETWEEN THE ZINC AND THE

METAL IT CONTACTS, AND DO NOT PAINT

OVER THE ZINC.

When an AC shore power system is connected to the boat, the underwater metal fittings will, in effect, be connected through the water to grounded metals

INC

LATE

OCATIONS

. 6.20.2)

GENERATOR STRAINER

GENERATOR SEACOCK

GENERATOR MUFFLER

D GENERATOR

E OIL RESERVOIR BOTTLE

ZINC ANODES

SWIM

PLATFORM

(UNDERNEATH)

SWIM

PLATFORM

BRACING

18. E

LECTROLYSIS

& Z

INC

NODES

Electrolysis corrosion of metals on power boats can result in serious deterioration. The boat owner must be aware of the possibilities of galvanic action

(the deterioration of metals due to dissimilar characteristics when placed in salt water), and/or electrolysis. It is the owner’s responsibility to check for and replace damaged parts due to galvanic

6.20

TRANSOM

ZINC ANODES

PORT SIDE SHOWN STARBOARD IS TYPICAL

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge)

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

YSTEM ashore. The zincs will be consumed at a faster rate unless the marina maintains a protective system to prevent this. In this case, hanging a zinc in the water bonded to the metal outlet box on the dock will reduce zinc loss on the boat. Do not connect this zinc to the boat’s ground system.

It is extremely important that all electrically operated DC equipment and accessories be wired so that the ground polarity of each device is the same as that of the battery. Sea Ray ® boats have a negative ground system, which is the recommended practice throughout the marine industry. All metal items (fuel tanks, underwater gear, etc.) in the boat are connected to the zinc anode by the green bonding wire.

Electrolysis can also be caused by “stray currents” due to a fault in an electrical item, even though correctly grounded. Sea Ray ® has equipped your boat with an isolation transformer which isolates the boat from the dockside electrical system.

19. AC & DC E

LECTRICAL

CHEMATICS

& W

IRING

ARNESSES

This owner's manual contains electrical schematics and wiring harness illustrations for your boat (See pages 6.22 thru 6.67). These electrical schematics were generated by electrical

CAD designers at the engineering division for technical reference and service technicians. Sea

Ray ® does not recommend that you attempt to work on the boat’s electrical system yourself.

Instead we recommend that you take your boat to your authorized Sea Ray ® dealer for service.

Sea Ray ® reserves the right to change or update the electrical system on any model at any time without notice to the consumer and is NOT obligated to make any updates to units built prior to changes.

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge) 6.21

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

YSTEM

AC & DC E

LECTRICAL

CHEMATICS

& W

IRING

ARNESSES

ONDING

ARNESS

. 6.22.1)

DRAWING NO. 09-201 (1 OF 5)

ONDING

ARNESS

. 6.22.2)

6.22

DRAWING NO. 09-201 (2 OF 5)

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge)

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

YSTEM

AC & DC E

LECTRICAL

CHEMATICS

& W

IRING

ARNESSES

ONDING

ARNESS

. 6.23.1)

DRAWING NO. 09-201 (3 OF 5)

ONDING

ARNESS

. 6.23.2)

DRAWING NO. 09-201 ( 4 OF 5)

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge) 6.23

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

YSTEM

AC & DC E

LECTRICAL

CHEMATICS

& W

IRING

ARNESSES

ONDING

ARNESS

. 6.24.1)

DRAWING NO. 09-201 ( 5 OF 5)

ILGE

ARNESS

. 6.24.2)

6.24

DRAWING NO. 09-801 (1 OF 4)

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge)

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

YSTEM

AC & DC E

LECTRICAL

CHEMATICS

& W

IRING

ARNESSES

ILGE

ARNESS

. 6.25.1)

DRAWING NO. 09-801 (2 OF 4)

ILGE

ARNESS

. 6.25.2)

DRAWING NO. 09-801 (3 OF 4)

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge) 6.25

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

YSTEM

AC & DC E

LECTRICAL

CHEMATICS

& W

IRING

ARNESSES

ILGE

ARNESS

. 6.26.1)

DRAWING NO. 09-801 (4 OF 4)

NGINE

ARNESS

. 6.26.2)

6.26

DRAWING NO. 09-804

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge)

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

YSTEM

AC & DC E

LECTRICAL

CHEMATICS

& W

IRING

ARNESSES

ABIN

ARNESS

. 6.27.1)

DRAWING NO. 09-813 (1 OF 3)

ABIN

ARNESS

. 6.27.2)

DRAWING NO. 09-813 (2 OF 3)

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge) 6.27

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

YSTEM

AC & DC E

LECTRICAL

CHEMATICS

& W

IRING

ARNESSES

ABIN

ARNESS

. 6.28.1)

DRAWING NO. 09-813 (3 OF 3)

ASTER

EAD

ARNESS

. 6.28.2)

6.28

DRAWING NO. 09-817 (1 OF 4)

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge)

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

YSTEM

AC & DC E

LECTRICAL

CHEMATICS

& W

IRING

ARNESSES

ASTER

EAD

ARNESS

. 6.29.1)

DRAWING NO. 09-817 (2 OF 4)

ASTER

EAD

ARNESS

. 6.29.2)

DRAWING NO. 09-817 (3 OF 4)

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge) 6.29

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

YSTEM

AC & DC E

LECTRICAL

CHEMATICS

& W

IRING

ARNESSES

ASTER

EAD

ARNESS

. 6.30.1)

DRAWING NO. 09-817 (4 OF 4)

UEST

EAD

ARNESS

. 6.30.2)

6.30

DRAWING NO. 09-823 (1 OF 3)

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge)

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

YSTEM

AC & DC E

LECTRICAL

CHEMATICS

& W

IRING

ARNESSES

UEST

EAD

ARNESS

. 6.31.1)

DRAWING NO. 09-823 (2 OF 3)

UEST

EAD

ARNESS

. 6.31.2)

DRAWING NO. 09-823 (3 OF 3)

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge) 6.31

ECTION

6 • E

LECTRICAL

YSTEM

AC & DC E

LECTRICAL

CHEMATICS

& W

IRING

ARNESSES

INDSHIELD

IPERS

ARNESS

. 6.31.1)

DRAWING NO. 09-845

NGINE

Y H

ARNESS

OWER

ELM

PTION

)

. 6.31.2)

6.32

DRAWING NO. 09-809

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge)

AC & DC E

LECTRICAL

CHEMATICS

& W

IRING

ARNESSES

ONTINUED

)

DC W

IRING

CHEMATICS

DRAWING NO

. 09-601

REV

4 (1

. 6.33.1)

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge) 6.33

AC & DC E

LECTRICAL

CHEMATICS

& W

IRING

ARNESSES

ONTINUED

)

DC W

IRING

CHEMATICS

DRAWING NO

. 09-601

REV

1 (2

. 6.34.1)

6.34

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge)

AC & DC E

LECTRICAL

CHEMATICS

& W

IRING

ARNESSES

ONTINUED

)

DC W

IRING

CHEMATICS

DRAWING NO

. 09-601

REV

2 (3

. 6.35.1)

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge) 6.35

AC & DC E

LECTRICAL

CHEMATICS

& W

IRING

ARNESSES

ONTINUED

)

DC W

IRING

CHEMATICS

DRAWING NO

. 09-601

REV

1 (4

. 6.36.1)

6.36

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge)

AC & DC E

LECTRICAL

CHEMATICS

& W

IRING

ARNESSES

ONTINUED

)

DC W

IRING

CHEMATIC

DRAWING NO

. 09-601 (5

. 6.37.1)

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge) 6.37

AC & DC E

LECTRICAL

CHEMATICS

& W

IRING

ARNESSES

ONTINUED

)

ABIN

DC W

IRING

CHEMATIC

DRAWING NO

. 09-602 (1

. 6.38.1)

6.38

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge)

AC & DC E

LECTRICAL

CHEMATICS

& W

IRING

ARNESSES

ONTINUED

)

ABIN

DC W

IRING

CHEMATIC

DRAWING NO

. 09-602 (2

. 6.39.1)

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge) 6.39

AC & DC E

LECTRICAL

CHEMATICS

& W

IRING

ARNESSES

ONTINUED

)

AIN

EGATIVE

, G

ROUNDING AND

ONDING

CHEMATIC

DRAWING NO

. 09-603

. 6.40.1)

6.40

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge)

AC & DC E

LECTRICAL

CHEMATICS

& W

IRING

ARNESSES

ONTINUED

)

DC W

IRING

IAGRAM

OWER

ONTROL

TATION

PTION

)

DRAWING NO

. 09-604 (2

. 6.41.1)

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge) 6.41

AC & DC E

LECTRICAL

CHEMATICS

& W

IRING

ARNESSES

ONTINUED

)

DC W

IRING

IAGRAM

OWER

ONTROL

TATION

PTION

)

DRAWING NO

. 09-604 (3

. 6.42.1)

6.42

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge)

AC & DC E

LECTRICAL

CHEMATICS

& W

IRING

ARNESSES

ONTINUED

)

YSTEM

ONITOR

CHEMATIC

DRAWING NO

. 09-605

. 6.43.1)

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge) 6.43

AC & DC E

LECTRICAL

CHEMATICS

& W

IRING

ARNESSES

ONTINUED

)

NGINE

ARNESS

CHEMNATIC

UMMINS

QSM-II W/S

MARTCRAFT

)

DRAWING NO

. 09-606

REV

. 6.44.1)

6.44

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge)

AC & DC E

LECTRICAL

CHEMATICS

& W

IRING

ARNESSES

ONTINUED

)

ABLEMASTER

EMOTE

DRAWING NO

. 09-608

. 6.45.1)

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge) 6.45

AC & DC E

LECTRICAL

CHEMATICS

& W

IRING

ARNESSES

ONTINUED

)

HRUSTER

CHEMATIC

IDE

OWER

)

DRAWING NO

. 09-609

. 6.46.1)

6.46

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge)

AC & DC E

LECTRICAL

CHEMATICS

& W

IRING

ARNESSES

ONTINUED

)

TEREO

CHEMATIC

RIDGE

)

DRAWING NO

. 09-610

REV

. 6.47.1)

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge) 6.47

AC & DC E

LECTRICAL

CHEMATICS

& W

IRING

ARNESSES

ONTINUED

)

TEREO

CHEMATIC

ABIN

)

DRAWING NO

. 09-611

. 6.48.1)

6.48

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge)

AC & DC E

LECTRICAL

CHEMATICS

& W

IRING

ARNESSES

ONTINUED

)

TV & S

TEREO

OAXIAL

ABLE

CHEMATIC

DRAWING NO

. 09-612

REV

. 6.49.1)

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge) 6.49

AC & DC E

LECTRICAL

CHEMATICS

& W

IRING

ARNESSES

ONTINUED

)

INDLASS

CHEMATIC

DRAWING NO

. 09-614

REV

. 6.50.1)

6.50

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge)

AC & DC E

LECTRICAL

CHEMATICS

& W

IRING

ARNESSES

ONTINUED

)

OSE

TEREO

YSTEM

IRING

IAGRAM

DRAWING NO

. 09-615

REV

. 6.51.1)

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge) 6.51

AC & DC E

LECTRICAL

CHEMATICS

& W

IRING

ARNESSES

ONTINUED

)

ENERATOR

CHEMATIC

NAN

IESEL

)

DRAWING NO

. 09-617

REV

. 6.52.1)

6.52

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge)

AC & DC E

LECTRICAL

CHEMATICS

& W

IRING

ARNESSES

ONTINUED

)

NAN

IGH

OLTAGE

IRING

IAGRAM

DRAWING NO

. 09-618

. 6.53.1)

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge) 6.53

AC & DC E

LECTRICAL

CHEMATICS

& W

IRING

ARNESSES

ONTINUED

)

AC W

IRING

CHEMATIC

(240VAC)

DRAWING NO

. 09-630

REV

2 (1

. 6.54.1)

6.54

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge)

AC & DC E

LECTRICAL

CHEMATICS

& W

IRING

ARNESSES

ONTINUED

)

AC W

IRING

CHEMATIC

(240VAC)

DRAWING NO

. 09-630 (2

. 6.55.1)

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge) 6.55

AC & DC E

LECTRICAL

CHEMATICS

& W

IRING

ARNESSES

ONTINUED

)

AC W

IRING

CHEMATIC

(220/50)

DRAWING NO

. 09-632

REV

2 (1

. 6.56.1)

6.56

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge)

AC & DC E

LECTRICAL

CHEMATICS

& W

IRING

ARNESSES

ONTINUED

)

AC S

YSTEM

IRING

CHEMATIC

(220/50)

DRAWING NO

. 09-632 (2

. 6.57.1)

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge) 6.57

AC & DC E

LECTRICAL

CHEMATICS

& W

IRING

ARNESSES

ONTINUED

)

AC S

YSTEM

IRING

IAGRAM

UMMINS

QSM-II)

DRAWING NO

. 09-635 (1

. 6.58.1)

6.58

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge)

AC & DC E

LECTRICAL

CHEMATICS

& W

IRING

ARNESSES

ONTINUED

)

AC S

YSTEM

IRING

IAGRAM

NTERNATIONAL

PTION

)

DRAWING NO

. 09-635

REV

1 (2

. 6.59.1)

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge) 6.59

AC & DC E

LECTRICAL

CHEMATICS

& W

IRING

ARNESSES

ONTINUED

)

URO

GFCI (RCD) C

OMPONENTS

IRING

IAGRAM

DRAWING NO

. 09-637 (2

. 6.60.1)

6.60

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge)

AC & DC E

LECTRICAL

CHEMATICS

& W

IRING

ARNESSES

ONTINUED

)

MAN E

NGINE

ARNESS

OWER

ELM

PTION

)

DRAWING NO

. 09-640

. 6.61.1)

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge) 6.61

AC & DC E

LECTRICAL

CHEMATICS

& W

IRING

ARNESSES

ONTINUED

)

AVIGATOR

DRAWING NO

. 09-704

REV

. 6.62.1)

6.62

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge)

AC & DC E

LECTRICAL

CHEMATICS

& W

IRING

ARNESSES

ONTINUED

)

AVIGATOR

II S

ATELLITE

PTIONAL

)

DRAWING NO

. 09-705

. 6.63.1)

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge) 6.63

AC & DC E

LECTRICAL

CHEMATICS

& W

IRING

ARNESSES

ONTINUED

)

AVIGATOR

II (O

PTIONAL

)

DRAWING NO

. 09-706

. 6.64.1)

6.64

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge)

AC & DC E

LECTRICAL

CHEMATICS

& W

IRING

ARNESSES

ONTINUED

)

AVIGATOR

II D

UAL

OMPLETE

ACKAGE

DRAWING NO

. 09-707

REV

. 6.65.1)

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge) 6.65

AC & DC E

LECTRICAL

CHEMATICS

& W

IRING

ARNESSES

ONTINUED

)

ARDTOP

REAKDOWN

ONNECTIONS

DRAWING NO

. 09-720

. 6.66.1)

6.66

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge)

AC & DC E

LECTRICAL

CHEMATICS

& W

IRING

ARNESSES

ONTINUED

)

VHF I

NTERCONNECT

IAGRAM

DRAWING NO

. 09-750

. 6.67.1)

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge) 6.67

AC & DC E

LECTRICAL

CHEMATICS

& W

IRING

ARNESSES

ONTINUED

)

THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK

6.68

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge)

ECTION

7 • A

CCESSORIES

& O

PTIONS

1. L

AYOUT AND

CCESSORIES

Section 2General Boat Arrangement contains the location and arrangement of the equipment and components on your yacht. We strongly suggest that you walk through your yacht, locate the features shown, and become familiar with their operation and maintenance.

2. C

ARBON

ONOXIDE

ONITOR

The 52 DB is equipped with four (4) carbon monoxide (CO) monitors, one on the master stateroom port hanging closet, one in the port guest stateroom, one in the starboard guest room and one in the salon above the port sofa.

The CO monitor is an electronic instrument that detects carbon monoxide. When there is a buildup of CO in any room, the monitor in that room will alert the occupants by a flashing a DANGER light and sounding an alarm. The CO monitors are powered through the fuse block behind the salon DC Distribution Panel.

It is important that you read and understand the CO monitor information and operating instructions. It is extremely important that you become familiar with the CO monitor and its functions.

ARBON

ONOXIDE

ONITOR

. 7.1.1) POWER

INDICATOR

DANGER

INDICATOR

TEST

BUTTON

(ON SIDE)

HORN

A. T

ESTING THE

CO M

ONITOR

Test the monitor on your boat at manufacturers required intervals by pushing the TEST button on the side of the unit. If the unit is operating correctly both audible and visual warning indicators will be activated.

DANGER

Actuation of the CO monitor indicates the presence of carbon monoxide which can be FATAL.

EVACUATE THE PREMISES IMMEDIATELY. DO A HEAD

COUNT TO CHECK THAT ALL PERSONS ARE

ACCOUNTED FOR. CALL THE NEAREST FIRE

DEPARTMENT AND ASK THEM TO DETERMINE THE

SOURCE OF CARBON MONOXIDE. DO NOT REENTER

PREMISES UNTIL IT HAS BEEN AIRED OUT AND THE

PROBLEM IS CORRECTED.

CAUTION

To reduce the risk of carbon monoxide poisoning, test the monitor operation when not in use for 10 days or more.

ARBON

ONOXIDE

ONITOR

OCATIONS

. 7.1.2)

MASTER

STATEROOM

STARBOARD

GUEST

STATEROOM

PORT GUEST

STATEROOM

SALON

CAUTION

This detector will only indicate the presence of carbon monoxide gas at the sensor. Carbon monoxide may be present in other areas.

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge) 7.1

ECTION

7 • A

CCESSORIES

& O

PTIONS

3. A

ONDITIONING

& H

EATING

The self-contained air conditioning system contains the compressor, condenser, evaporator, refrigerant, tubing, electrical box, blower, condensate drip pan and other components on a single chassis. Cabin air is pulled into the unit through a return-air grill, and discharge air is carried through flexible or built-in ducts to a grill, which is normally located on a bulkhead high in the compartment. In a self-contained unit, the refrigerant loop is pre-charged and sealed at the factory, and no additional charging is needed at installation.

engine room (see Fig. 7.3.1). The pump draws water through a seacock and filters it through a sea water strainer. The water passes through each compressor cooling the condensing coils, then flows overboard through the common drain. (The sea water strainer should be inspected frequently and cleaned out when plugged. To clean strainer, refer to Section

4 - Bilge & Underwater Gear, pg. 4.13, Seacocks &

Strainers).

ONDITIONER

OCATIONS

. 7.2.1)

MASTER STATEROOM

A/C UNIT

(BELOW BUNK)

The 500 DB air conditioning/heating system consists of three (3) standard air conditioning/heating units, one (1) raw water pump with a seacock and strainer and a relay unit so the water pump will be activated by demand when any A/C unit comes on.

STARBOARD GUEST

STATEROOM

A/C UNIT

(BEHIND SOFA)

The master stateroom unit (10,000 BTU) is located under the master stateroom bunk. The controls for the unit are located inside the starboard hanging closet. The removable air filter is located on the face of the unit. The master stateroom unit also supplies heating and cooling to the master head and the starboard guest stateroom.

AFT SALON

A/C UNIT

(BEHIND SOFA) The starboard guest stateroom unit (17,000

BTU) is located under the port salon sofa. This unit supplies heating and cooling to the port guest stateroom and head. The controls for the unit are located outboard of the bunk. The removable air filter is located at the cold air intake.

The salon unit (24,000 BTU) is located under the aft port salon sofa. This unit supplies heating and cooling to the salon. The controls for the unit are located aft of the sofa. The removable air filter is located on the face of the unit.

BRIDGE

A/C UNIT

(OPTIONAL)

(INSIDE STARBOARD CABINET)

The bridge unit (optional) (24,000 BTU) is located under the control station, starboard side . The control panel is located in the storage unit above the control station, starboard side. The removable air filter is located on the face of the unit.

The system is cooled to maintain optimal operating temperature by the raw water pump located in the

7.2

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge)

A/C S

YSTEM

. 7.3.1)

ECTION

7 • A

CCESSORIES

& O

PTIONS

A/C STRAINER

A/C PUMP

CONDENSATION HOSES

DISCHARGE HOSE

PORT FUEL TANK

A/C SEACOCK

The air filters for each unit should be removed and cleaned periodically to assure fresh, clean air circulation and to reduce stress on the unit.

A. T

O START SYSTEM

1. Make sure the seacock for the cooling water pump is open.

2. Turn ON the A/C WATER PUMP & RELAY circuit breaker on the main AC distribution panel.

Turn ON each A/C UNIT circuit breaker located on the same panel.

3. Refer to air conditioner owner’s manual in the owner’s packet for instructions on operation of the control panels.

REFER TO OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR

INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.

RIDGE

A/C S

YSTEM

PTIONAL

)

. 7.3.2)

4. W

ATER

YSTEM

The fresh water system consists of one (1) 140 gallon (530 liter) water tank, a 12 volt water pump, primary and secondary water system filters and two water distribution manifolds. The equipment is located throughout the boat (See fig. 7.5.1).

The fresh water system is activated by the FRESH

WATER PUMP breaker on the salon DC distribution panel. The breaker must be ON to operate the head, shower, ice maker, fresh water washdowns or faucets.

A STARBOARD FUEL TANK

AFT ENGINE ROOM BULKHEAD

BRIDGE A/C PUMP

D A/C SEACOCK

E A/C STRAINER

The condensation drains for all the cabin units connect into the condensate sump (see Fig. 7.9.1).

Care should be taken so as not to stow items around the air handlers that may block the return air grill.

A. S

ANITIZING THE

ATER

YSTEM

If the fresh water system has not been used for some time, or if you suspect that it has been contaminated, then it should be sanitized. Your marine dealer may have a water treatment additive that can be used to sanitize the system. Follow the instructions provided with the additive.

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge) 7.3

ECTION

7 • A

CCESSORIES

& O

PTIONS

If a water treatment additive is not available, the following steps may be followed to sanitize the water system:

To check the water level in the tank, press the water level switch on the 12 volt

DC distribution panel located in the aft salon. The lights will indicate the amount of water in the tank.

1. Pump the water tank empty. Shut OFF water system breaker.

2. Determine the capacity of your water tank (your standard water tank holds 150 gallons (567.75

liters)). You will need approximately one (1) gallon of weak bleach solution for each fifteen

(15) gallons of tank capacity.

3. Prepare the proper amount of a weak bleach solution by mixing 1/4 cup of unscented household chlorine bleach per gallon of water.

4. Pour weak bleach solution into the water tank.

Remember, use about one (1) gallon of weak bleach solution for each fifteen (15) gallons of tank capacity.

5. Fill the remainder of the tank with fresh, clean water. This will further dilute the weak bleach solution.

6. Switch ON the water system breaker, then turn on the faucets and allow the air to be exhausted from the plumbing system. By doing this, the entire fresh water system will be filled with a sanitizing solution.

7. Allow the sanitizing solution to stand in the water system for three (3) hours.

8. Pump the water tank empty.

9. Fill the water system completely with fresh, clean water. Turn on the faucet and permit the entire contents of fresh, clean water to run through the system. This will flush the sanitizing solution out of the plumbing.

10. Fill the water system again, with fresh, clean water, and turn on the faucet to permit the air to dissipate.

ILLING THE

ATER

ANK

The tank is filled through the fill plate located on the port gunwale outboard of the transom. Fill the water tanks only from a source known to provide safe, pure drinking water. To fill your water tank you should use a plastic hose. Do not use a rubber hose; it can give the water a disagreeable flavor. The hose should be kept for filling use only. After using the hose it should be emptied. Start at one end and raise the hose to shoulder level and walk to the opposite end of the hose, allowing the remaining water to flow out. You should store your water tank

RESH

ATER

ILL

. 7.4.1)

WATER LEVEL

FULL

3/4

1/2

1/4

EMPTY filling hose in a clean dry place. It is also a good practice to cover the ends of the hose to keep the inside clean.

B. W

ATER

ANK

The 52 DB has one (1) 140 gallon (530 liter) water tank located between the port and starboard inboard stringers in the bilge (Figure 7.5.1).

7.4

EGIN

NITIAL

PERATION

Fill the water tank with potable water.

Switch the water pump breaker to the ON position.

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge)

ECTION

7 • A

CCESSORIES

& O

PTIONS

ATER

YSTEM

.7.5.1)

J I

H G

A FRESH WATER PUMP

B TO CITY WATER INLET

TO TRANSOM WASHDOWN

PRE FILTER

TO TRANSOM SHOWER

WATER FILL INLET

WATER FILL VENT

H FROM WATER TANK

WATER TANK

WATER HEATER

K HOT AND COLD WATER MANIFOLD

(LOCATED IN UTILITY ROOM)

COLD WATER MANIFOLD L

OVERFLOW HOSE

POST FILTER

One at a time, open all hot and cold faucets to bleed air from the water lines.

Once air has been eliminated from water lines, close faucets.

Shutting off the last faucet should cause the pump to shut off.

C. W

INTERIZING THE

ATER

YSTEM

For winterizing the water system refer to Section 8,

Winterization Checklist For Boats Stored on Land,

E. Water System.

D. W

ATER

ISTRIBUTION

ANIFOLD

The 52 DB utilizes two (2) water manifolds to direct fresh water to the various equipment throughout the boat. There is a hot and cold water distribution manifold located in the utility room on the aft bulkhead. The manifold can be accessed through

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge) the utility room hatch in the floor of the galley (See figure 7.6.1). A second manifold is located on the starboard bilge above the water heater (See figure

7.6.2).

In the event of a water leak at one of the system components, ie. sink faucet, shower valve or spigot, the valve for that component can be closed.

The rest of the system is left operational.

Example:

1. If the head sink cold water line develops a leak.

2. Close the Cold Head Sink valve on the manifold.

3. The rest of the water system remains operational while repairs are made to the head sink cold water line.

4. After repairs are made, turn on the Cold Head

Sink valve.

7.5

ECTION

7 • A

CCESSORIES

& O

PTIONS

ATER

ANIFOLD

& C

OLD

)

.7.6.1)

ATER

ANIFOLD

OLD

)

.7.6.2)

B C D E F G H

I J K L M N O

WATER MANIFOLD (HOT & COLD)

GALLEY ICE MAKER

GALLEY SINK

MASTER HEAD SINK

GUEST HEAD SINK

WASHER

TRANSOM SHOWER

ROPE LOCKER

GUEST TOILET

MASTER TOILET

MASTER HEAD SINK

GUEST HEAD SINK

WASHER

COCKPIT ICE MAKER

FROM WATER TANK

Q FROM WATER HEATER

BRIDGE

BILGE WASHDOWN

COLD TO WATER HEATER

TRANSOM SHOWER

CITY WATER

B C D E

Before servicing the system, turn the FRESH

WATER PUMP breakers OFF and release pressure on the system by opening a faucet.

E. W

ATER

UMP

& F

ILTERS

ATER

UMP

The fresh water system pump and filters are located in the aft bilge (See figure 7.5.1). The pump is turned on by the FRESH WATER PUMP breaker on the salon DC distribution panel.

-F

ILTER

The water system pre-filter is attached in-line on the supply side of the fresh water pump

(See figure 7.5.1). To filter any particles before they get to the pump. The filter should be checked and cleaned periodically.

7.6

OST

-F

ILTER

T h e p o s t - f i l t e r i s t h e l a r g e f i l t e r l o c a t e d starboard aft of the water heater. (See figure

7.5.1). The filter is situated on the pressure side of the pump to filter any particles that may have passed through the pump. The filter should be checked and cleaned periodically.

Before servicing the system, turn the FRESH

W AT E R P U M P b r e a ke r O F F a n d r e l e a s e pressure on the system by opening a faucet.

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge)

ECTION

7 • A

CCESSORIES

& O

PTIONS

LEAN THE

ILTER

• Unscrew filter body and remove from the filter cap.

• Replace filter cartridge.

The water heater has a check valve to prevent hot water from back-washing into the cold water source and a pressure relief valve to avoid damage to the heater from over pressure or excessive temperature.

NITIAL

TART

-U

P OR

FTER

INTERIZATION

Make sure the WATER HEATER breaker is

OFF.

Fill the heater with water.

Open the hot water faucets until all air is eliminated from the system.

Make certain the heater is full of water.

COMPLETE FAILURE OF THE HEATING

ELEMENTS WILL RESULT IF THEY ARE

NOT COMPLETELY IMMERSED IN WATER

AT ALL TIMES.

Turn the WATER HEATER breaker ON.

• Screw filter body onto filter head, making sure the O-ring is in place.

O-RING

To maintain water heater properly, drain whenever the possibility of freezing occurs and frequently inspect lines and connections for leaks.

REFER TO OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR

INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.

REFER TO OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR

INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.

F. W

ATER

EATER

The 52 DB 20 gallon (75.7 liters) water heater is located in the starboard aft bilge (See figure 7.51.)

It operates on the 240 volt dockside system or generator and has a circuit breaker on the AC main distribution panel in the salon.

WARNING

Make certain the hot water lines are air free, indicating the water heater is full. Damage will occur to water heater if it is not full when turned on.

G. F

RESH

ATER

ASHDOWN

The 52 DB is equipped with three fresh water spigots; one in the engine room, one in the transom and one in the starboard bow rope/ chain locker. The engine room spigot comes with a

12-foot hose and a strap for storage when not in use. The cockpit spigot is located in the port side transom locker. The rope/chain locker spigot is accessible through the starboard bow deck hatch. The system uses water from the fresh water tank. The FRESH WATER PUMP breaker on the salon DC main distribution panel must be

ON to operate the system.

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge) 7.7

ECTION

7 • A

CCESSORIES

& O

PTIONS

H. D

OCKSIDE

ATER

NLET

The dockside water inlet, located portside in the transom locker adjacent to the transom spigot, allows use of a dockside water source to provide water for the boat’s fresh water system.

SE THE

YSTEM

Make sure the “FRESH WATER PUMP” breakers are OFF.

Remove the plug from the face of the dockside water inlet.

Connect a drinking water hose to the water outlet on the dock, then to the dockside water inlet on the boat and turn on the water at the dock.

All fresh water faucets and showers are now usable.

To disconnect the system, reverse the procedure, making sure the plug is reinstalled tightly.

Remove the dockside water hose when leaving the boat. This is a safety precaution to prevent the unlikely event of a water system failure and the intake of extreme amounts of water to the vessel.

RANSOM

HOWER

. 7.8.1)

ASHER

RYER

PTIONAL

)

. 7.8.2)

A WASHER/DRYER COMBO

AFT UTILITY ROOM BULKHEAD

DISCHARGE HOSE

VENT

I. C

OCKPIT

HOWER

The cockpit shower has hot and cold controls and a shower wand which are located at the transom door. The FRESH WATER PUMP breakers on the main distribution panel must be ON to operate the shower.

Note: To get hot water the water heater must be

ON. See water heater instructions before turning

ON.

HOT & COLD

SHUT-OFF VALVES

J. W

ASHER

RYER

PTIONAL

)

The optional washer/dryer unit is located in the utility room which can be accessed through the hatch in the galley floor. Hot and cold water lines are connected to the back of the unit. The water

7.8

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge)

ECTION

7 • A

CCESSORIES

& O

PTIONS

CAUTION

Washer/dryer should only be used when connected to dockside water.

valves for the unit should be turned OFF when not in use. The hot and cold water shutoff valves are located on the water manifold which is located starboard of the washer/dryer unit.

REFER TO OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR

INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.

After using the shower, it is recommended that you run a gallon of clean water through the shower drain to clean out soap residue. Check the pump and float switch for obstructions and proper working order.

HOWER

UMP

. 7.9.1)

K. G

RAY

ATER

UMP

The gray water from the shower and galley systems plus the air conditioners condensation is carried to the shower sump or common drains by the gray water drain lines located throughout the boat.

The shower drains into a self-contained shower sump containing a pump and float switch. The shower sump is located under a hatch in the stateroom companionway.

NOTE: Air conditioner condensation also drains into the shower sump.

The sump pump is fully automatic and is protected by a breaker on the main DC breaker panel on the aft bilge component board. Check the pump and float switch for obstructions and proper working order.

The pump comes on when there is enough water in the sump to raise the float switch and start the pump.

If it does not come on after one or two gallons of water drain from the shower, turn the water off and check the pump and float switch for proper operation.

A SUMP PUMP

FORWARD A/C CONDENSATE B

SUMP DISCHARGE

MASTER STATEROOM HEAD SINK

SUMP OVERFLOW

MASTER HEAD FLOOR AND SHOWER

GALLEY SINK

SALON A/C CONDENSATE

GUEST HEAD SINK

GUEST HEAD FLOOR AND SHOWER

FLOAT SWITCH

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge) 7.9

ECTION

7 • A

CCESSORIES

& O

PTIONS

5. H

EAD

YSTEM

The standard head system on your Sea Ray ® includes a 68 gallon (257.4 liter) holding tank with dockside pump-out and fluid level indicators, with a macerator and overboard discharge seacock available as an option. Below is a description of the head system and options. You should be aware of whether your boat is equipped with the optional overboard discharge system and read the section pertaining to it. The owner’s packet in your boat contains information pertaining to your head system that should be read carefully.

discharges. They also state that waters where a

Coast Guard certified marine sanitation device permitting discharge is allowed include coastal waters and estuaries, the Great Lakes and interconnecting waterways, freshwater lakes and impoundments accessible through locks, and other flowing waters that are navigable interstate by vessels subject to this regulation (40 CFR 140.3).

CAUTION

Do not flush facial tissue, paper towels or sanitary napkins in head.

B. V

ACU

-F

LUSH

® H

EAD

The Vacu-Flush ® head utilizes the HEAD breakers on the DC distribution panel in the salon. Individual breakers on the DC distribution panel control the GUEST

HEAD and MASTER

HEAD. The foot pedal at the base of the toilet opens a mechanical seal and vacuum forces waste through the opening in the bowl to the vacuum generator, through the vacuum pump and then to the holding tank.

A. R

EQUIREMENTS FOR

ESSEL

PERATORS

The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) standards state that in freshwater lakes, freshwater reservoirs or other freshwater impoundments whose inlets or outlets are such as to prevent the ingress or egress by vessel traffic subject to this regulation, or in rivers not capable of navigation by interstate vessel traffic subject to this regulation, marine sanitation devices certified by the U.S. Coast Guard installed on all vessels shall be designed and operated to prevent the overboard discharge of sewage, treated or untreated, or of any waste derived from sewage. The EPA standards further state that this shall not be construed to prohibit the carriage of

Coast Guard-certified flow through treatment devices which have been secured so as to prevent such

NOTICE

There is the possibility of being fined for having an operable overboard discharge in U.S. waters.

Removing handle of seacock while in closed position, or other means must be utilized to avoid fine.

It is illegal for any vessel to dump plastic trash anywhere in the ocean or navigable waters of the

United States.

PERATE

ACU

-F

LUSH

® H

EAD

Turn ON the FRESH WATER PUMP breaker.

Turn ON the HEAD SYSTEM breaker.

If there is no water in bowl, lift foot pedal until enough water fills the bowl.

To flush, depress foot pedal to floor until bowl is clear.

C. H

OLDING

ANK

PERATION

Waste from the head is directed into the 68 gallon

( 257.4 liter) holding tank located in the starboard forward bilge (See figure 7.11.1). Holding tank fluid level indicators are located on the DC distribution panel in the salon and in each head.

The head indicators read OK TO FLUSH and DO

NOT FLUSH (See figure 7.11.2). When the DO

NOT FLUSH light is on, the holding tank must be emptied before the head can be reused. However it would be a good practice to empty the holding tank when the 1/2 light (on the DC Distribution panel) is on to avoid overflowing the holding tank and ruining the vent filter.

7.10

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge)

ECTION

7 • A

CCESSORIES

& O

PTIONS

ASTE

YSTEM

. 7.11.1)

GUEST HEAD

FLUSH FOOT PEDAL

MASTER HEAD

MASTER HEAD VACUUM GENERATOR

HOLDING TANK

WASTE VENT FILTER

VENT HOSE

DOCKSIDE PUMPOUT

OVERBOARD DISCHARGE SEACOCK

MACERATOR

GUEST HEAD VACUUM GENERATOR

C B

H J

ASTE

EVEL

NDICATOR

. 7.11.2)

GUEST HEAD WASTE

INDICATOR

MASTER HEAD WASTE

INDICATOR

To empty the holding tank, the services of a dockside pump out station will be needed. Follow instructions at the station and make sure pump out station hose is inserted into the deck plate marked

WASTE, located on the starboard aft gunwale.

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge)

ASTE

EVEL

NDICATOR

& D

ISCHARGE

WITCH

. 7.11.3)

WASTE SYSTEM CONTROL

FULL

DO NOT FLUSH

1/2

EMPTY

POWER

NOTICE

WITH SWITCH ON:

INDICATOR ON - NORMAL

INDICATOR OFF - CHECK SEACOCK

DISCHARGE OF SEWAGE DIRECTLY OVERBOARD

IS FOR USE WHERE APPROVED ONLY.

SEE OWNER'S MANUAL FOR OPERATING

INSTRUCTIONS OF OVERBOARD DISCHARGE VALVES

7.11

ECTION

7 • A

CCESSORIES

& O

PTIONS

D. V

ENT

ILTER

The vent filter is designed to control odors associated with the head system operations. The vent filter is located in the bilge outboard of the water heater. The filter must be changed at the beginning of each boating season to be

effective. The vent filter is installed in-line on the holding tank ventilation hose (See figure 7.11.1).

NOTE: Do not overfill the holding tank as this will flood the vent filter and render it useless. Filter replacement will then be required. See Parts Manual for correct replacement filter.

VERBOARD

ASTE

ISCHARGE

PTIONAL

)

. 7.12.1)

6. M

ACERATOR

ISCHARGE

UMP

WITH

EACOCK

NTERLOCK

YSTEM

PTIONAL

)

The optional macerator gives the boat operator the means of discharging the holding tank contents directly overboard through a seacock in the bottom of the hull. This is available in conjunction with the dockside pump out.

Since direct overboard discharge is prohibited in many areas, the macerator seacock is normally closed. The macerator seacock is equipped with a system interlock switch which prevents the operation of the macerator when the macerator seacock is closed. The light on the DISCHARGE

PUMP switch on the DC Distribution Panel will be lighted when the macerator is operational. If the light is not lighted, it is visual confirmation the macerator seacock is closed and that the macerator cannot be operated. Check that the macerator seacock handle is in the open position and the light on the switch is lighted before operating the macerator.

NOTICE

This boat may be equipped with an optional overboard discharge valve.

Discharging of sewage directly overboard is for use where approved only.

A HOLDING TANK

MACERATOR

VENT FILTER

DISCHARGE SEACOCK

PERATE THE

ACERATOR

Turn ON the DISCHARGE PUMP breaker on the salon DC distribution panel and open the waste discharge seacock located on the bilge floor (See figure 7.11.1 for seacock location).

Operate DISCHARGE switch under the

WASTE SYSTEM CONTROL area on the main distribution panel.

When tank is empty, turn off the switch, turn off the DISCHARGE PUMP breaker and close waste discharge seacock.

AINTENANCE

Prior to each use and at regularly scheduled intervals, cycle the macerator seacock handle open and shut to ensure proper operation of the seacock.

NOTICE

There is the possibility of being fined for having an operable overboard discharge in U.S. waters.

Removing handle of seacock while in closed position, or other means must be utilized to avoid fine.

It is illegal for any vessel to dump plastic trash anywhere in the ocean or navigable waters of the

United States.

7.12

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge)

ECTION

7 • A

CCESSORIES

& O

PTIONS

7. E

NTERTAINMENT

ENTERS

The entertainment center equipment options may vary from boat to boat. Refer to the Owner’s Manual

Packet to find individual instructions for the equipment installed on your boat.

REFER TO OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR

INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.

A. TV S

IGNAL

ELECTOR

The antenna/cable selector panel is located in the cabinet below the salon television. Turn the selector to MAX GAIN for onboard TV antenna reception.

Turn the selector to SHORE for dockside cable reception. The selector is powered through the fuse block behind the salon DC Distribution Panel.

OCKSIDE

TV & T

ELEPHONE

ONNECTION

. 7.13.2)

TRANSOM

DOCKSIDE

TELEPHONE

CONNECTOR

COVER PLATE

DOCKSIDE

TELEVISION

CONNECTOR

TV S

IGNAL

ELECTOR

. 7.13.1)

C. E

NTERTAINMENT

ENTER

ALON

TV S

YSTEM

The salon entertainment center consists of an LCD flat screen 26" television with DVD/CD. The 120 volt AC STBD SYSTEMS breaker must be ON to operate the system.

Note: The television and DVD/CD units are plugged into a surge suppression power strip located behind the entertainment center.

B. D

OCKSIDE

ELEVISION

OOKUP

For television reception dockside, attach the dockside television cable to the inlet located in the starboard transom hatch.

ALON

TEREO

YSTEM

The salon standard stereo system consists of an

XMD3 Satellite ready 12V AM/FM Single CD w/ 6disc CD changer, amplifier and six (6) speakers.

O CONNECT CABLE TELEVISION

1. Unscrew and lift cover plate.

2. Screw the TV coax cable into the TV cable connector.

3. Run the cable to the dockside receptacle and screw coax cable into receptacle.

REFER TO OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR

INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge)

O TURN ON SALON STEREO

Turn on STEREO breaker on the salon DC distribution panel.

Note: The power source and breaker protection for the stereo memory is on the main DC breaker panel in the engine room. Power to stereo memory is maintained even if the battery switch is off.

REFER TO OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR

INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.

7.13

ECTION

7 • A

CCESSORIES

& O

PTIONS

ASTER

TATEROOM

NTERTAINMENT

YSTEM

The master stateroom entertainment center consists of a 17" flat screen LCD Television/DVD combination, remote control and coax outlet. To operate, turn ON the 120VAC STBD SYSTEMS breaker on the AC Main Distribution Panel.

A Bose ® Lifestyle 35/DVD w/Acoustimass & Zone

2 is available for the master stateroom.

unit and four (4) water resistant cockpit speakers

(See figure 2.24.1).

REFER TO OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR

INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION ON

ALL ENTERTAINMENT PACKAGES.

ORT

TATEROOM

NTERTAINMENT

YSTEM

The port guest stateroom entertainment center consists of a 15" television/DVD combination with remote control and coax outlet. To operate, turn ON the 120VAC PORT SYSTEMS breaker on the AC

Main Distribution Panel.

D. D

IGITAL

ATELLITE

YSTEM

(DSS)

PTIONAL

)

If equipped, the digital satellite system is located on the hardtop (See figure 2.6.1) and is powered by an

ON/OFF switch located on the salon DC distribution panel. Also included is a data port for computer aided diagnostics of the system. The data port is located in the cabinet below the salon television and is for use by qualified technicians only.

REFER TO OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR

INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.

TARBOARD

TATEROOM

NTERTAINMENT

YSTEM

The Starboard guest stateroom entertainment center consists of a 15" television/DVD combination with remote control and coax outlet. The TV is mounted on a swivel rack and can be pulled away from the wall in order to insert a DVD into the system. To operate, turn ON the 120VAC STBD SYSTEMS breaker on the AC Main Distribution Panel.

An optional 17” flat screen LCD/DVD TV combo is available for the starboard guest stateroom.

E. B

RIDGE

RIDGE

. 7.14.1)

The Bridge wet bar located port forward on the bridge contains a sink, trash receptacle, built-in cooler, 120V/12V refrigerator & storage cabinet.

RIDGE

TEREO

YSTEM

The bridge stereo system consists of an XMD3

Satellite ready 12V AM/FM single CD w/6-disc CD changer, amplifier, subwoofer and six (6) speakers.

The CD changer is located in the upper starboard storage unit above the control station.

A digital cockpit/bridge remote control is located on the forward side of the bridge wet bar (figure 7.14.1).

OCKPIT

TEREO

YSTEM

The cockpit stereo system utilizes the standard bridge stereo system with a cockpit remote control located on the starboard cockpit above the storage

7.14

TRASH RECEPTACLE

SINK

COOLER

STEREO REMOTE

LIGHT

110 RECEPTACLE

REFRIGERATOR

H SAVE OUR SEAS LABEL

(INSIDE CABINET)

I STORAGE LOCKER

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge)

ECTION

7 • A

CCESSORIES

& O

PTIONS

8. T

ELEPHONE

YSTEM

The dockside telephone hookup can be accessed by opening the starboard side transom hatch. A fifty foot shore cord with waterproof connectors is supplied.

UTOMATIC

IRE

XTINGUISHER

NDICATOR

. 7.15.2)

CHARGE

SEA-FIRE

NORMAL

DISCHARGE

Engine Shutdown

Override System

OVERRIDE

OCKSIDE

TV & T

ELEPHONE

ONNECTION

. 7.15.1)

TRANSOM

DOCKSIDE

TELEPHONE

CONNECTOR

COVER PLATE

DOCKSIDE

TELEVISION

CONNECTOR

O CONNECT TELEPHONE SYSTEM

1. Unscrew and lift cover plate.

2. Connect shore cord to dock telephone inlet and then to the boat inlet.

3. Telephone system is now operational.

REFER TO OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR

INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.

UTOMATIC

IRE

XTINGUISHER

. 7.15.3)

UPON SYSTEM DISCHARGE,

TURN OFF:

• ENGINE

• BLOWERS

• ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS

DISCHARGE

ALARM BUZZER

CHARGE & DISCHARGE

INDICATOR LIGHTS

MANUAL FIRE

EXTINGUISHER

RELEASE

(INTN'L

OPTION)

ENGINE SHUTDOWN

OVERRIDE SWITCH

PULL CABLE

IGNITION

STARTER

IGNITION

SWITCH

BATTERY

GROUND

9. A

UTOMATIC

IRE

XTINGUISHER

YSTEM

The 52 DB is equipped with an automatic fire extinguisher system located aft of the engines on the bulkhead (see Fig. 4.15.1). In the event of a fire, the heat sensitive automatic head will release the extinguishant as a vapor, totally flooding the area in fire-killing concentrations. The system indicator light is wired to the ignition and is turned

ON when the ignition is turned ON.

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge)

AUTOMATIC

FIRE EXTINGUISHER

7.15

ECTION

7 • A

CCESSORIES

& O

PTIONS

The system incorporates an engine shutdown switch with override system located on the control station instrument panel (Figure 7.15.2). The switch indicates to the helmsman when the unit has discharged. Under normal circumstances, when the engines are operating, the charge indicator light is lit. If the unit discharges, the charge light will go out and the discharge light will come on.

WHEN ACTUATION OCCURS, IMMEDIATELY

SHUT DOWN ALL ENGINES, POWERED

VENTILATION, ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS AND

EXTINGUISH ALL SMOKING MATERIALS. DO

NOT IMMEDIATELY OPEN THE ENGINE

COMPARTMENT!! THIS FEEDS OXYGEN TO

THE FIRE AND FLASHBACK COULD OCCUR.

Allow the extinguishant to “soak” the compartment for at least fifteen (15) minutes and for hot metals or fuels to cool before cautiously inspecting for cause of damage. Have portable extinguishers at hand and ready. Do not breathe fumes or vapors caused by the fire.

REFER TO OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR

INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.

ANUAL

IRE

. 7.16.1)

XTINGUISHER

SYSTEM

Upon system disc

Engine harge, shut do

Forced V

Electrical Systems wn

FOR MA

REMO

PERATIO

VE PIN N

DLE room is for shipping and transfer of the bottle only.

The pin MUST be removed in order to manually operate the system.

This pin should be removed upon installation of the system. Ensure that this has been done. The manual system will not function unless the safety pin has been removed from the fire extinguisher bottle.

NGINE

OOM

IRE

XTINGUISHER

. 7.16.2)

SAFETY PIN

A. M

ANUAL

IRE

XTINGUISHING

YSTEM

Located at the control station, the manual fire extinguisher system allows the operator to manually activate the automatic extinguisher in the engine room. Early detection and use of the manual override system will reduce fire damage by eliminating the time necessary for heat in the engine room to rise to a temperature necessary to activate the automatic fire extinguisher.

NOTE: THE MANUAL SYSTEM WILL NOT OPERATE

IF SAFETY PIN IS INSTALLED.

PERATE

1. Pull pin securing the handle.

2. Pull red FIRE handle quickly and briskly.

! WARNING

THE SAFETY PIN MUST BE REMOVED AFTER CABLE

S-HOOK & ATTACHMENT PIN ARE INSTALLED.

FAILURE TO DO SO WILL RESULT IN INABILITY TO

MANUALLY OPERATE SYSTEM.

AFETY

The safety pin, located at the neck of the extinguisher bottle (Figure 7.16.2) in the engine

7.16

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge)

ECTION

7 • A

CCESSORIES

& O

PTIONS

B. H

AND

ELD

XTINGUISHERS

Owner/Operator responsibility (see Section 1

Safety- Legally mandated minimum equipment requirements, pg. 1.2)

REFER TO OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR

INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.

10. B

HRUSTER

PTIONAL

The Bow Thruster located under an access panel in the floor of the forward stateroom is electrically driven and gives the operator more maneuverability of the bow. The Bow Thruster battery switch and control panel are located on the control station (See figure 2.8.1).

11. T

RANSOM

AVIT

YSTEM

PTIONAL

)

If equipped, the Tender-Lift davit with remote control is located in the transom replacing the fish box. The davit is accessed by lifting the cover on the top of the transom. The davit is designed to load and offload a dingy or other small watercraft with a maximum weight of 1200 lbs. Please read the operation and maintenance instructions carefully before operating the system.

For more information regarding the operation of the optional bow thruster se Section 3- Using Your

Boat, page 3.15.

REFER TO OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR

INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.

PERATION

UIDELINES

• Inspect the davit and cable prior to use.

• Make certain that the area around and under the lifting area is clear before raising or lowering any objects with the davit.

• A minimum angle of 0 o is required when lifting the maximum load of 1200 lbs.

• DO NOT OVERLOAD: Maximum load capacity is 1200 lbs. (545 Kg) only including watercraft, engine, fuel, gear, water in hull and any lifting gear used on with the watercraft.

• Do not lift people.

• Do not lift objects over people

• Do not lift the watercraft with water or loose objects inside.

• Do not wrap tag lines around arms or hands.

• Do not operate the davit in a side load conditionvertical lifting only.

• Do not launch or retrieve loads in rough sea condition.

AVIT

. 7.17.2)

AVIT

. 7.17.1)

DAVIT

(OPTIONAL)

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge) 7.17

ECTION

7 • A

CCESSORIES

& O

PTIONS

• Do not attach the davit to the watercraft while stowed.

• Allow only qualified, responsible persons to operate this system.

• Do not allow the boom to rest on any objects

(rails, seats, etc.) while lifting a load

• Do not alter the davit structure in any way.

• Do not use the davit in conjunction with any chocks except those specifically designed for the watercraft you are using.

• Before lowering the davit be sure that the davit is in forward facing orientation i.e. that the rotation bar is in line with its lowering slot.

! WARNING

HEAVY LISTING OR “HEELING” OF THE VESSEL AS

THE TENDER IS BEING RAISED OR LOWERED CAN

CAUSE DIFFICULTY IN ROTATING THE CRANE AND

DINGY.

! WARNING

BE CERTAIN THAT THE AREA AROUND AND

BENEATH THE LIFTING AREA IS CLEAR BEFORE

RAISING OR LOWERING ANY OBJECTS WITH THE

DAVIT. DO NOT LIFT PEOPLE OR LIFT OBJECTS

OVER PEOPLE.

Be certain that the davit base is raised fully before operating the davit. Extend the standpipe by pressing the “Pipe Up” button on the remote control unit. In order for the davit to rotate the standpipe must be raised to its fully extended position.

PERATION

! WARNING

DO NOT OPERATE THE DAVIT WITH A FAULTY

CABLE OR ANY DAMAGED PARTS.

The davit is powered by the AFT SYSTEMS switch on the 240VAC distribution panel which must be

ON for davit operation.

Connect the remote control unit located in the starboard cockpit storage locker to the receptacle located on the port base of the transom in the cockpit (See figure 2.24.1).

AVIT

EMOTE

ONTROL

NIT

. 7.18.1)

After lifting the watercraft with the davit, swing the davit by pushing or pulling the load. This will make rotation much easier and will provide better leverage if the vessel should heel over slightly. DO NOT push on the boom.

When operation of the davit is complete, clip the snap shackle into the bale on the weight stowage bracket at the end of the boom. Press the cable UP button on the remote unit while guiding the weight between the sides of the bracket until the cable stops.

Rotate the boom over the box and lower the hook into place by pressing the CABLE DOWN button on the remote unit. Disconnect the remote unit and replace in storage.

AINTENANCE

Inspect the cable regularly for breaks or frayed spots. DO NOT OPERATE DAVIT WITH A

DAMAGED CABLE. Replace frayed or damaged cable immediately.

Inspect the davit and its’ components regularly for signs of damage, wear or inoperative parts.

Repair or replace these parts as required.

Touch-up any nicks in the paint as soon as

7.18

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge)

ECTION

7 • A

CCESSORIES

& O

PTIONS possible to preserve the paint finish and to prevent corrosion.

3. Regular fresh water and soap wash downs will greatly increase the life of the paint finish and davit components.

• Be sure davit is unplugged before washdown.

• Spray liberal amounts of fresh water through the pulley housing in the boom to remove internal salt build up.

• With the boom raised to its maximum height, wash down the lower internal portion of the boom and the base.

• Be careful not to over spray the area around the upper area of the davit, where electric and hydraulic lines come through the pipe.

• Allow time for the unit to dry before applying electrical power.

4. When cleaning, inspect for hydraulic leaks.

NOTE: Make every effort to keep dirt out of the system as 90% of all hydraulic system failures are due to oil contamination.

NOTE: The davit hydraulic lines contain a slack loop that is required for standpipe to extend properly.

Any alteration to these lines may adversely affect davit operation.

REFER TO OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR

INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.

AITWELL

PTIONAL

)

. 7.19.1)

BAITWELL

TRANSOM

STORAGE

13. S

AVIGATOR

Standard on the 52 DB is the Sea Ray Navigator II

GPS/Chartplotter with a color touch screen LCD.

The SRN is an onboard computer based navigation aid capable of navigating you through the waters and your boat.

Some features include:

• Sea Ray Navigator (Charts, GPS, Satellite Views and Navigation)

• Contour (Contour and Depth of Ocean Floor)

• Tides & Currents (For your location & destination)

AVIGATOR

ONTROL

TATION

. 7.19.2)

SEA RAY ® NAVIGATOR (SRN)

TOUCH SCREEN MONITOR

SEA RAY ® NAVIGATOR II (SRN)

TOUCH SCREEN MONITOR W/

INTEGRATED OPEN ARRAY RADAR

(OPTIONAL)

12. B

AITWELL

PTIONAL

)

If equipped the baitwell located on the top port transom is powered by the BAITWELL switch on the 12V main DC breaker panel (See figure 6.4.1).

The baitwell seacock, strainer and water pump provide fresh sea water to the system.

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge) 7.19

–

PWR

NAVIGATOR

ECTION

7 • A

CCESSORIES

& O

PTIONS

AVIGATOR

TART

CREEN

. 7.20.1)

14. R

EFRIGERATOR

& F

REEZER

The refrigerator and freezer units are located in the galley below the counter top. The units are supplied power by the REFRIGERATOR/FREEZER breaker on the salon 120 volt AC main distribution panel. To operate dockside, connect the shore power system, turn the MAIN breaker(s) ON. Then turn the REFRIGERATOR/FREEZER breaker on the AC main distribution panel ON.

CAUTION

Do not cover refrigerator/freezer vents.

• Coastal Pilot

• Virtual Captain (Boat Owner’s Manual)

• Help (Sea Ray Navigator Owner’s Manual)

Note: Chart and contour data for your area may need to be installed. Maptech ® is continually updating software and systems. Some features may still be under development. Refer to the SRN owner’s manual in the boat’s owner’s packet for all

SRN operating instructions.

To turn ON the SRN press the “PWR” switch on the face of the unit. Under normal operating conditions the power switch on the SRN power supply under the helm should be left in the ON position.

The SRN power supply is powered through the 12 volt electronics fuse block under the helm. If the

SRN fails to turn on check the power switch on the

SRN power supply and fuse on the fuse block.

A. B

RIDGE

EFRIGERATOR

The bridge refrigerator/ice maker is located on the front of the bridge wet bar. To operate, turn ON the

BRIDGE/COCKPIT REFRIGERATOR breaker on the salon 12 volt DC distribution panel.

B. C

OCKPIT

AKER

PTIONAL

)

If equipped the cockpit ice maker is located behind the port cockpit access panel under the bridge steps.

TART

AKER

1. Make sure water tank is full.

2. Turn "FRESH WATER PUMP" breaker ON.

3. Turn ON ice maker switch, located at the bottom of the unit. Allow unit to cycle several times before using ice. Refer to water system for more information.

REFER TO OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR

INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION

A. S

AVIGATOR

II (O

PTIONAL

)

If equipped the optional Sea Ray Navigator II provides all the features of the standard Sea Ray Navigator plus integrated Open Array Radar. This option is available in lieu of the standard Raymarine

C120 radar equipment.

REFER TO SRN OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR

INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.

15. C

OFFEE

AKER

The drip coffee maker located in the aft upper galley cabinet (See figure 2.5.1) is a completely portable unit which can be moved around the vessel wherever fresh brewed coffee is desired. It operates on the 120 volt system.

7.20

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge)

ECTION

7 • A

CCESSORIES

& O

PTIONS

CAUTION

Turn off coffee maker before closing cabinet doors. Failure to do so may result in damage to the coffee maker or cabinet.

To keep the coffee maker operating efficiently, the mineral deposits left by water must be flushed out using the cleaning method described in the instruction booklet.

REFER TO OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR

INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.

17. P

OWER

ENTILATION

YSTEM

The power ventilation system removes stagnant & foul air from the master stateroom head, guest head and galley by means of 12 volt exhaust fans. They are powered by the power vents breaker on the salon DC distribution panel and individually turned on and off by the power vent switch in the heads and the galley.

16. S

TOVE

& M

ICROWAVE

A. E

LECTRIC

TOVE

The 120 volt STOVE breaker on the AC main distribution panel supplies power to the stove and must be ON to operate the stove.

The stove has two (2) burners with control knobs to provide a variation of heat.

REFER TO OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR

INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.

B. M

ICROWAVE

ONVECTION

VEN

The microwave/convection oven is located on the forward cabinet in the galley. The MICROWAVE breaker on the AC main distribution panel supplies power to the microwave and must be ON to operate the unit.

NOTE: Turn on the galley power ventilation system when operating the convection oven.

REFER TO OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR

INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.

18. C

ENTRAL

ACUUM

YSTEM

The central vacuum unit is located in the utility room and can be accessed through the floor hatch in the galley. The 120 volt STBD SYSTEMS breaker must be ON to operate the system.

The 24 foot hose stored in the cabinet under the salon entertanment center connects to inlets located in the top step of the galley and on the starboard aft salon below the privacy curtain

ACUUM

NLET

(See figures 2.24.1 & 2.25.1).

The disposable bag is located behind the removable panel on the top of the vacuum unit. The built in switch on the hose inlet fittings activate the vacuum when the hose is plugged in.

ENTRAL

ACUUM

YSTEM

. 7.21.1)

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge)

REFER TO OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR

INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.

7.21

ECTION

7 • A

CCESSORIES

& O

PTIONS

19. H

ORN

The dual air horn is operated by a momentary toggle switch located on the control station switch panel and protected by a"HORN" breaker located on the control station breaker panel (See figure 6.5.1). The compressor and accumulator tank are located in the bilge forward of the holding tank (See figure

4.15.1) The dual trumpet horns are located on the hardtop.

22. C

ANVAS

It is recommended that you read Section 1• Safety, pages 1.3 thru 1.4 and understand the effects of exhaust emissions.

A. C

ARE

& M

AINTENANCE

Care and maintenance instructions have been provided by the canvas manufacturer for the canvas used on your Sea Ray ® . The information can be found in the Owner's Manual Packet.

REFER TO OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR

INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.

20. S

POTLIGHT

The 52 DB spotlight is mounted on the bow.

By following the provided instructions, your canvas set will give you protection from the elements and comfort that you expect. Most of all, the instructions provide you with installation and removal procedures that will simplify the task.

PERATE

POTLIGHT

1. Turn ON the "SPOTLIGHT" breaker on the control station switch panel.

2. Press the POWER button on the spotlight pad to turn on the spotlight.

3. Press SPEED button to adjust the movement speed of the spotlight.

REFER TO OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR

INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.

21. S

ALON

LEEPER

OFA

PTIONAL

)

If equipped the salon starboard sofa is a sleeper sofa. It operates like any other pull out style sleeper sofa.

1. Remove cushions.

2. Grab the hand hold section of the frame and lift

out.

T A N D A R D

5 2 D B C

A N VA S

• Aft Curtain

• Hard Top Enclosure

• Canvas Storage Bag

B. S

TORAGE

• Do not fold or store any of the canvas set pieces while wet. All canvas should be rolled or folded when dry and stored in a clean, dry place.

• For clear vinyl pieces, rolling or laying down flat are the recommended methods for storage. The clear vinyl should never be folded or creased as cracking will result. To protect the clear vinyl from rubbing against itself while rolled or stored flat, place a piece of very soft, nonabrasive cloth between the pieces, or rolled up in it. If the surface of your clear vinyl becomes scratched, the canvas manufacturer has provided a canvas care sheet in your Owner’s Manual Packet.

C. I

NSTALLATION

IPS

• The zippers, attached forward and aft on the spoiler or hardtop are mounted on a zipper track.

Once installed, do not remove these zippers or zipper tracks.

7.22

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge)

ECTION

7 • A

CCESSORIES

& O

PTIONS

• When attaching any of the pieces of the canvas set, attach the top edges first and zip the zippers only partially. This helps to hold the piece in place and relieves tension, helping the other sides to zip or snap easier. After all of the sides of the piece are secure, finish zipping the top of each piece. This will ensure a tight fit.

D. C

ANVAS

NSTALLATION

URTAIN

The Aft Curtain extends over the cockpit area and may be used while underway or as a storage cover.

Zip Aft Curtain to zipper track on aft edge of spoiler or hardtop approximately six (6) inches on both sides of center. Next snap the center snap of curtain at transom and continue to snap along both sides.

Complete installation by zipping up aft curtain.

ARD

NCLOSURE

RONT

URTAINS

Partially zip the Front curtain to the forward edge of hardtop, snap along the windshield, then finish zipping.

REFER TO OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR

INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge) 7.23

ECTION

7 • A

CCESSORIES

& O

PTIONS

THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK

7.24

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge)

ECTION

8 • R

EQUIRED

NSPECTION

, S

ERVICE AND

AINTENANCE

Routine inspection, service and maintenance of your boat’s systems are vital to assure your safety, as well as for prolonging the life of your boat. You should develop regular routines for inspecting your boat. The chart below summarizes inspection, service and maintenance activities. This section also contains descriptions of some convenient methods for evaluating the condition of some of your boat’s systems.

The interval between necessary service or maintenance is highly variable, depending on the environment your boat is in, and on the severity of operating conditions. For example, corrosion of parts on boats operated in salt water proceeds much faster than the corrosion of parts on a boat operated in fresh water. The intervals listed below are recommended maximums, and you must reduce the time between inspections if your observations indicate the need.

1. S

UMMARY

UIDE FOR

NSPECTION

, S

ERVICE AND

AINTENANCE

ITEM REQUIRED

MAINTENANCE/SERVICE

REFERENCE

SOURCE

BEFORE

EVERY

USE

AFTER

FIRST

20 HOURS

INTERVAL

EVERY EVERY

25* OR 50 50* OR 100

HOURS HOURS

EVERY 6

MOS. OR

ANNUALLY

Battery

Bilge Area

Bilge Blowers

Bilge Pump

Canvas

Check water level

Clean and check

Hose connections tight

Float switch operates freely

Clean

Controls

Steering

Throttle

Check for proper operation

Power steering oil level

Lubricate. Include all shift linkage and pivot points

Electrical

Connections Check for looseness

GFCI (120V) Outlet Check for operation

Engine

Alarm

Cooling System

Connections

Crankcase

ventilating system

Drive belts

Exhaust System

Check

Check for leaks with engine running

Clean

Check

Check for leaks

Flame Arrestor

Fuel Filter

Clean

Replace

Mounts (Fasteners) Tighten

Oil and Filter

Oil Level

Replace

Check

Fuel System

Connections & Lines Check for leaks

Check for leaks Tanks

Water Separating

Fuel Filter

Replace

Owner’s Manual p. 6.1

Owner’s Manual p. 9.2

Owner’s Manual p. 4.2

Owner’s Manual p. 4.1

Owner’s Manual p. 9.4

• • •

•

As Needed

To be done by Sea Ray dealer every six months

Engine Manual

•

• • •

To be done by Sea Ray dealer annually

Owner’s Manual p. 6.19

Engine Manual

Owner’s Manual, Section 5

Engine Manual

•

*Use in salt water or other severe operating conditions requires shorter maintenance/service intervals

8.1

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge)

ECTION

8 • R

EQUIRED

NSPECTION

, S

ERVICE AND

AINTENANCE

UMMARY

UIDE FOR

NSPECTION

, S

ERVICE AND

AINTENANCE

ITEM REQUIRED

MAINTENANCE/SERVICE

REFERENCE

SOURCE

BEFORE

EVERY

USE

AFTER

FIRST

20 HOURS

INTERVAL

EVERY EVERY

25* OR 50 50* OR 100

HOURS HOURS

EVERY 6

MOS. OR

ANNUALLY

Propeller

Seaworthiness

Bilge drain plug

Hull damage

Topside & Supplies

Inspect for damage

Installed and tight

Check for loose, damaged or missing parts

Owner’s Manual p. 8.5

•

Always after striking object

Transmission

Oil Strainer Screen

Trim Tabs

Fluid

Zincs

Transom

Clean

Check and add as needed Trim Tab Manual

To be done by Sea Ray dealer annually

•

Check and replace as needed

Check fluid level

Owner’s Manual p. 6.20 Every 25 hours of operation

Trim Tabs Trim Tab Manual Every 25 hours of operation

*Use in salt water or other severe operating conditions requires shorter maintenance/service intervals

•

8.2

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge)

ECTION

8 • R

EQUIRED

NSPECTION

, S

ERVICE AND

AINTENANCE

2. U

SEFUL

ERVICE

NFORMATION

OWNER

HOME PORT

BOAT NAME

REGISTRATION NUMBER

HULL SERIAL NUMBER

WARRANTY REGISTRATION DATE

ENGINE MAKE & MODEL

SERIAL NUMBER PORT

GEAR MAKE & REDUCTION RATIO

SERIAL NUMBER PORT

PROPELLER SIZE PORT

PART NUMBER PORT

SHAFT SIZE (DIAMETER X LENGTH)

FUEL CAPACITY PORT TANK

WATER CAPACITY

KEY NUMBER, IGNITION

SELLING DEALER

CITY & STATE

LENGTH

VERTICAL CLEARANCE

ESTIMATED WEIGHT

GENERATOR SERIAL #

BEAM

STATE

STARBOARD

MODEL #

STARBOARD

MATERIAL

STARBOARD

DOOR

DRAFT

KILOWATTS

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge)

8.3

ECTION

8 • R

EQUIRED

NSPECTION

, S

ERVICE AND

AINTENANCE

3. I

NSPECTION

, S

ERVICE AND

AINTENANCE

ROTOCOL

A. B

ILGE

REA

Many of your boat’s systems have critical features located in the bilge area. A thorough and organized inspection of the bilge area will address many of these critical features. For example, engine oil leaks and fuel system leaks will show themselves as contamination on the surface of the liquid that remains in the bilge. When you see such contamination, you should look for its’ source.

Once or twice a year, pump the bilge areas dry and remove all loose dirt. Be sure that all the limber holes are open. Limber holes are the openings in the stringers that allow water to flow from the outboard areas of the bilge to the bilge sump.

Check the bilge pump float switch by moving it manually. (Figures 4.1.1 thru 4.1.3) The bilge pump should start when the float switch is raised and should stop when lowered. If it does not, first try resetting the bilge pump breakers, if the pump will still not run replace the float switch before using your boat. The float switch should also move freely without sticking, if it does not, have it serviced or replaced before boating.

WARNING

DO NOT USE FLAMMABLE SOLVENTS to clean any part of the bilge.

Fumes can accumulate and can be the source of an explosion.

2. E

NGINE

Engine failure or malfunction, when away from shore, can be dangerous. Make certain you do the following each time you use the boat:

• Wipe off the engine to remove accumulated dust, grease and oil.

• Check all exposed nuts, bolts and screws for tightness.

• Inspect the belts for wear. If they do not require replacement, check and adjust the belt tension according to the engine manufacturer’s recommendation.

• Inspect engine wiring, and clean and tighten the terminals on the engine electrical system.

• Clean and lubricate the battery cables.

• Add distilled water to the battery cells as needed.

• Refer to your Engine Operator’s Manual for additional engine maintenance requirements.

3. F

UEL

YSTEM

• Inspect the entire fuel system for evidence of leakage, including the fuel tank fill lines and vents. Any stain around a joint could be an indication of a leak.

• Test all fittings with a wrench to be sure they are not loose, but do not forcefully overtighten the fittings.

• Clean fuel filters and vent screens.

1. O

If there is oil contamination, look for leaks in engine oil lines and engine gaskets. If parts of the bilge have been stained by oil, the stain can be removed using a bilge cleaner available from your dealer or a marine store.

WARNING

Work on electrical wiring can create shock hazards or sparks.

Always shut off battery switch, breakers and/or pull fuses before checking electrical wiring or connectors.

8.4

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge)

ECTION

8 • R

EQUIRED

NSPECTION

, S

ERVICE AND

AINTENANCE

4. W

IRING

YSTEM

• Check all wiring for proper support.

• Check all wiring insulation for signs of fraying or chafing.

• Check all terminals for corrosion - corroded terminals and connectors should be replaced or thoroughly cleaned.

• Tighten all terminals securely and spray them with light marine preservative oil.

5. F

ITTINGS

, H

OSES AND

LAMPS

• Inspect the entire bilge area for evidence of damage or deterioration. Evidence of deterioration will first appear around hull fittings, hoses and clamps.

• Straighten kinked hoses.

• Replace any hose that does not feel pliable.

• Check all hose clamps for tightness and corrosion. Corroded clamps must be replaced.

• Check the nuts, bolts and screws that retain equipment, hoses, etc. in the bilge for tightness and corrosion. Corroded fasteners must be replaced.

B. T

OPSIDE AND

UPPLIES

Once a year, you should undertake a thorough review of the topside equipment, as well as of the critical safety supplies on your boat.

• Check cleats, rings, rails, etc. for loose or corroded fasteners, breaks, sharp edges or other conditions that could lead to malfunction or unsafe use. Repair or replace as necessary.

• Inspect PFDs (life jackets) for tears and deterioration.

• Make certain you have enough PFDs on board for the maximum number of persons you can carry.

• Check your first aid kit, making certain it is complete and that the items in it have not passed an expiration date.

• Check the signaling equipment and emergency flares. Make sure all items are within their expiration dates.

• Inspect the anchor, mooring and towing lines.

Repair or replace as required.

• Check fire extinguishers for full charge.

4. D

RAINING THE

OAT

In climates where freezing occurs, it is important that the bilge be completely drained and dried out when the boat is laid up for the winter. Some compartments in the bilge may not drain completely because of the position of the boat. They should be pumped out and sponged until totally free of water or add sufficient amount of antifreeze to standing water to prevent freezing.

The boat’s entire fresh water system must be drained. Open all faucets, including the shower faucets, throughout the boat. Open a connection at the lowest point in the fresh water lines to completely drain them. Break the connections on each side of the water pump. Drain the heads.

Drain the water heater. Break the lower connection if necessary.

The engine cooling system and the exhaust system must be free of water if there is danger of freezing.

Drain plugs are provided on the engine for this purpose. It is necessary to open a connection or two in the exhaust system to drain the lowest portions; these should be reassembled securely immediately after draining is accomplished.

CONSULT YOUR ENGINE AND GENERATOR

OPERATOR’S MANUAL FOR DETAILED INFORMATION

ON PREPARING FOR STORAGE.

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge)

8.5

ECTION

8 • R

EQUIRED

NSPECTION

, S

ERVICE AND

AINTENANCE

5. W

INTERIZATION

HECKLIST FOR

OATS

TORED ON

AND

A. B

OAT

TORAGE

• Store boat in a bow high attitude.

• Remove hull drain plug.

• Pour one (1) pint (half-liter) of 50% water/ antifreeze mixture in each bilge pump sump.

B. E

NGINES

• Flush engines with fresh water.

• Remove engine drain plugs.

Refer to your Engine Operator’s Manual for detailed information on preparing the engines for storage and winterization.

CAUTION

Use an automotive or commercial ethylene glycol base antifreeze. Do not use alcohol base products.

• Flush one gallon (four liters) antifreeze mixed with one gallon (four liters) of water through toilet and let vacuum pump run for one or two minutes.

• Shut WATER SYSTEM breaker OFF.

• Pump out holding tank.

C. B

ATTERY

(

IES

)

• Remove from boat. Remove the negative (-) cable first, then the positive (+) cable.

• Remove grease and dirt from top surface.

• Grease terminal bolts.

• Store on wooden pallet or thick plastic in a cool dry place. Do not store on concrete.

• Keep under a trickle charge.

• When placing battery back into service, remove excess grease from terminals, recharge as necessary and reinstall in boat.

D. H

EAD

YSTEM

• Flush entire system thoroughly with fresh water.

• Pump out holding tank.

• Remove water line from inlet fitting located on back bottom half of water valve on head.

8.6

E. W

ATER

YSTEM

• Turn ON the WATER SYSTEM switch.

• Open water faucet, let system drain completely.

• Turn OFF the WATER SYSTEM switch.

• Water must be removed from the water lines with air pressure or flushed with a nontoxic antifreeze.

SING PRESSURIZED AIR TO REMOVE WATER FROM

WATER LINES

• You must have an air compressor with air hose and air nozzle.

• Remove water hoses from water pump.

• Alternate opening one faucet at a time to make sure water is removed from each line.

• Blow air through the water lines removed from the water pump.

NOTE: When blowing air be careful not to blow air with all faucets closed. System could be damaged by overpressurization and create water leaks.

• Cover hose ends with screen or broad weave cloth and tape in place to keep out dirt and bugs.

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge)

ECTION

8 • R

EQUIRED

NSPECTION

, S

ERVICE AND

AINTENANCE

SING NONTOXIC WINTERIZING ANTIFREEZE

• Purchase a nontoxic winterizing antifreeze for fresh water systems from a marine or RV supply retailer.

• Close all faucets and turn on water system.

• Open one faucet at a time. Close faucet when nontoxic antifreeze comes out of faucet.

• After all faucets and showers have been treated, open all faucets and pump out remaining nontoxic antifreeze.

ATER

EATER

INTERIZATION

• Refer to your water heater Owner’s Manual for detailed information on preparing water heater for storage and winterization.

• Run engine(s) for ten minutes to ensure that all diesel fuel in injectors and fuel lines is treated.

DETAILED WINTERIZING, OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

AND WARRANTY INFORMATION ARE PROVIDED BY

THE EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER AND CAN BE

FOUND IN THE OWNER’S PACKET.

6. F

ITTING

A. F

UEL

YSTEM

FTER

TORAGE

Check the entire fuel system for loose connections, worn hoses, leaks, etc. and repair. This is a primary safety precaution.

Check fuel lines for damage and make sure that they do not come in contact with any moving parts.

F. F

UEL

YSTEMS

ASOLINE

• Fill fuel tank with gasoline and the recommended amount of stabilizer and conditioner such as

“Stabil ® ”.

• Run engine(s) for ten minutes to ensure that all gasoline in the carburetor and fuel lines are treated.

IESEL

• Fill fuel tank with diesel and recommended amount of biocide, “Biobor ® ”, which prevents bacteria and fungi from contaminating diesel fuel that contains some water.

• Diesel fuel should also get a petroleum distillate additive, such as “Stabil ® ” or Racor ® RX100”.

This will absorb water in the fuel and prevent freezing problems.

CAUTION

Do not overfill. Filling a tank until the fuel flows from vents is dangerous. Allow room for expansion.

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge)

B. B

ATTERY

(

IES

)

Before installing the batteries, clean the terminal posts with a wire brush or steel wool and then attach the cables. After the cable clamps are tightened, smear the post and clamps with vaseline or grease to exclude air and acid. Do not apply grease before attaching and tightening the terminal clamps.

Examine all wiring.

C. M

ISCELLANEOUS

• Check all thru-hull fittings for unobstructed water passage. Be alert for any deteriorated hoses and/or fittings below the water line which might fail in service and admit water.

• Test the navigation lights.

• Check all wiring for loose connections.

• Check all switches and equipment for proper operation.

• Check bilge blowers for proper operation.

Turn ON blowers and place hand over hull blower vent to make sure air is coming from vent.

• Anchor lines and gear should be inspected and replaced if necessary.

8.7

ECTION

8 • R

EQUIRED

NSPECTION

, S

ERVICE AND

AINTENANCE

• Make sure the hull drain plug is in place and tight.

• Clean bilge thoroughly if it was not done at lay-up.

• Check all engine fluid levels.

• Check fuel lines for damage and/or leaks. Make sure that they do not come into contact with moving parts.

EACOCK

. 8.8.1)

HOSE

HOSE CLAMPS

SEACOCK BODY

OPEN

SEACOCK

HANDLE

PIVOT POINT

7. S

ECURITY

ONSIDERATIONS

Be conscious of the security of your boat.

Always remove the keys from the ignition, lock hatches, lock the cabin door, remove and stow any removable electronic gear (fishfinders,

GPS, etc.) and personal gear (fishing poles, etc.) normally left aboard your boat.

8. S

EACOCK

UBRICATION

• With boat out of water, remove the hose from top of the seacock.

• Put seacock handle in closed position.

• Add a few drops of lubricating oil inside.

• Work handle back and forth a few times. Add oil as needed.

• Replace hose and tighten clamp.

• Add a few drops of oil to the handle pivot point.

9. E

NGINE

HANGE

YSTEM

Follow the oil exchange instructions found in Section

4 - Bilge and Underwater Equipment, page 4.7.

In each case follow the intervals and oil change instructions provided by the engine manufacturer.

REFER TO THE ENGINE OWNER’S MANUAL

FOR INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY

INFORMATION.

8.8

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge)

ECTION

8 • R

EQUIRED

NSPECTION

, S

ERVICE AND

AINTENANCE

10. Q

UICK

EFERENCE

HECKLIST

As the owner/operator of a Sea Ray ® , you are responsible for the safe operation your boat and the safety of your passengers. Always be sure that required documents, navigational equipment and Coast Guard required safety equipment is aboard and in proper working order.

A. B

OARDING THE

OAT

ENERAL

Weather Conditions ............................................... Is it going to be safe to go out

Transom Drain Plug ............................................... Installed

PFDs and all other Coast Guard required safety equipment ..................................... Available for all children and adults

Ignition keys ........................................................... Available

Tool Box ................................................................. Stocked with a variety of appropriate tools

OAT

YSTEMS

Bilge Pumps ........................................................... Working. Discharge any appreciable amounts of water overboard

Blowers .................................................................. Working. “Sniff” the bilge/engine compartment for fuel odor

Navigation Lights ................................................... Working. Have spare bulbs (and if applicable fuses) aboard

Radio/Electronics ................................................... Working

Horn ....................................................................... Working

Trim Tabs ............................................................... Full range of motion. No excessive play or binding

Fresh Water Tank .................................................. Filled and sanitized

Head System Holding Tank ................................... Empty

Seacocks ............................................................... Generator Open (handle parallel to hose),

Head System Holding Tank Closed (handle perpendicular to hose)

NGINE

Batteries ................................................................. Fully charged (Check water cell levels)

Fuel Tank ............................................................... Filled with recommended fuel

Fuel System ........................................................... Check for leaks

Fuel Filters ............................................................. Check that filters are clean and tight

Diesel Racor Fuel Filters ....................................... Check that filters are clean, tight and free of water

Engine Coolant Drain Plugs ................................... Secured

Steering Fluid ......................................................... Full

Throttle & Gearshift Controls Test ......................... Full range of motion

*Note: If trailering boat, many of these items should be checked before leaving the house.

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge)

8.9

ECTION

8 • R

EQUIRED

NSPECTION

, S

ERVICE AND

AINTENANCE

UICK

EFERENCE

HECKLIST

(

CONT

’

)

B. P

REPARING TO

EPART AND

FTER

AUNCHING

ENERAL

Bilge/Engine Compartment ..................................... “Sniff” the bilge/engine compartment for fuel odor.

Run the bilge blowers for at least four (4) minutes.

Shore Power Cable ................................................ Disconnected from dockside power inlet

Lines, Fenders and Anchor .................................... Ready for use

Passengers/Crew ................................................... Instructed in duties for getting underway and fitted for a correct size PFD

NGINE

Battery Switches .................................................... In the ON position

Fuel Valves (Diesel Only) ....................................... Open

Engine Alarm .......................................................... Test. Should sound after a few seconds

Gear Shift & Throttle Controls ................................ In NEUTRAL and IDLE positions

TARTING THE

NGINE

Gearshift & Throttle Controls .................................. Shift in NEUTRAL (Refer to your Engine Owner’s

Manual for startup procedures for your specific engine)

Ignition .................................................................... Turn master ignition keys on DC distribution panel to the ON position. Depress ignition switch on the helm switch panel to START position until engine starts, then release to RUN position (light on).

IMPORTANT: Do not continue to operate starter for more than 10 seconds without pausing to allow starter motor to cool off for 2 minutes. This also will allow the battery to recover between starting attempts.*

WARNING

Do not run the engine or generator in an enclosed area, such as a closed boat house, as there is the possibility of buildup and inhaling of carbon monoxide.

*If engine fails to start, refer to the Engine Owner’s Manual for further troubleshooting procedures

8.10

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge)

ECTION

8 • R

EQUIRED

NSPECTION

, S

ERVICE AND

AINTENANCE

UICK

EFERENCE

HECKLIST

(

CONT

’

)

C. W

HILE

NDERWAY

ENERAL

Passengers/Crew ................................................... Safely seated with PFD’s on or immediately accessible

Lines, Fenders and Anchor ..................................... Stowed

OAT

YSTEMS

Trim Tabs ............................................................... Bring boat to “On Plane”. Adjust as necessary

Navigation Lights .................................................... On at night or in reduced visibility

NGINE

Tachometers .......................................................... Engines operating in safe RPM range

Engine Gauges ....................................................... Continually monitor

Engine Operation .................................................... Check idle and shift. Listen for abnormal noises and visually check the engine compartment while underway

D. R

ETURNING TO

ORT

ENERAL

Passengers/Crew ................................................... Instructed in duties for line handling

Lines and Fenders ................................................. Ready for use

OAT

YSTEMS

Navigation Lights ................................................... Turned OFF when secured

Anchor Light ........................................................... ON if necessary

Bilge/Engine Compartment .................................... “Sniff” the bilge/engine compartment for fuel odor.

Run the bilge blowers if necessary. Check for water in bilge. Run bilge pumps if necessary

NGINE

Gearshift & Throttle Controls ................................. Bring to NEUTRAL and IDLE positions

Tachometers .......................................................... Idle the engines for five (5) minutes to cool down

8.11

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge)

ECTION

8 • R

EQUIRED

NSPECTION

, S

ERVICE AND

AINTENANCE

UICK

EFERENCE

HECKLIST

(

CONT

’

)

Ignition .................................................................... Depress ENGINE STOP switches on the helm switch panel when engines are cooled down.

Engine Operation .................................................... Check idle and shift. Listen for abnormal noises

E. S

ECURING THE

OAT

ENERAL

Shore Power Cable ................................................ Connected to dockside power inlet

Lines and Fenders ................................................. Fenders in place, lines tied securely to dock

OAT

YSTEMS

Seacocks ............................................................... Closed (handle perpendicular to hose)

Helm Switch Panel ................................................. All switches in the OFF position

Gearshift & Throttle Controls ................................. In the NEUTRAL and IDLE positions

NGINE

Ignition .................................................................... Switched in the OFF position (lights off) and master ignition keys removed from DC distribution panel

Battery Switches .................................................... In the OFF position

Fuel Valves (Diesel Only) ....................................... Closed (handle perpendicular to hose)

F. I

F THE

NGINE

OES

TART

TARTER

OTOR

ESPONSE

Check gearshift/throttle control levers in the NEUTRAL positions

Check battery condition for sufficient charge

Check battery cable connections tight and free from corrosion

Check battery switches in the ON position

Check starter motor and solenoid connections

Check ignition switch connections

TARTER

OTOR

ESPONDS

BUT

GNITION

Check that fuel tanks are not empty

Check that the fuel filters and filter/water separators are clean

Check electrical connections on engine wiring harness and ignition wiring

8.12

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge)

ECTION

8 • R

EQUIRED

NSPECTION

, S

ERVICE AND

AINTENANCE

UICK

EFERENCE

HECKLIST

(

CONT

’

)

G. O

PERATING THE

ENERATOR

TARTING THE

ENERATOR

1. Generator Seacock ...................................................... Open

2. Bilge Blowers ............................................................... Run for at least 4 minutes and any time the generator is running

3. Depress PREHEAT/ON ............................................... Preheat time should not exceed 30 seconds

4. Depress START/RUN Switch ...................................... Depress until generator starts

5. When the Generator Starts .......................................... Release the START switch only continue holding PREHEAT/

ON for a few seconds)

6. Load The Generator .................................................... Turn ON the generator main breaker on the Main

Distribution Panel. Turn AC breakers ON

TOPPING THE

ENERATOR

1. Breakers ...................................................................... Turn AC breakers OFF. Turn OFF the generator main breaker on the Main Distribution Panel

2. Generator ..................................................................... Let it run a few minutes to cool down

3. STOP Switch ................................................................ Depress to stop the generator set

WARNING

Do not run the generator or engines in an enclosed area, such as a closed boat house, as there is the possibility of buildup and inhaling of carbon monoxide.

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge)

8.13

ECTION

8 • R

EQUIRED

NSPECTION

, S

ERVICE AND

AINTENANCE

11. A

FTER

ARKET

QUIPMENT

HECKLIST

Any safety or operational equipment added to your boat after delivery should be checked for seaworthiness and proper working condition. Use the area below to list any equipment and the proper operating condition of that equipment before getting underway.

Equipment Proper Operating Condition

8.14

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge)

ECTION

8 • R

EQUIRED

NSPECTION

, S

ERVICE AND

AINTENANCE

12. M

AINTENANCE

Follow the recommended maintenance listed on pages 1 & 2 of this section and keep a record of this and

ALL maintenance performed on your boat.

Date Maintenance Description Engine Hours

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge)

8.15

ECTION

8 • R

EQUIRED

NSPECTION

, S

ERVICE AND

AINTENANCE

THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK

8.16

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge)

ECTION

9 • C

ARE

& R

EFINISHING

1. M

AINTENANCE AND

ECONDITIONING

Your new boat has been designed to provide you with years of enjoyment and satisfaction. In order to maintain the factory new appearance of your boat, we recommend the use of 3M™ Marine's one step

Maintenance and Reconditioning Products designed specifically for pleasure boats. Following proper fiberglass maintenance guidelines will help maintain your boat's performance, value, and enjoyment.

appearance which is associated with fiberglass products. In some areas, this gelcoat surface is painted or taped for styling purpose.

Wash the fiberglass regularly with clean, fresh water. Wax gelcoated surfaces to maintain the luster. In nor ther n climates, a semiannual waxing may suffice for the season. In southern climates, a quarterly application of wax will be required for adequate protection.

2. P

AINT

LEANING

UBSTANCES

GENTS

& O

THER

WARNING

Gelcoat surfaces are slippery when wet. Use extreme care when walking on wet gelcoat.

Always wear non-slip foot gear while washing and waxing boat.

WARNING

EXPLOSION/FIRE HAZARD

Care and refinishing materials may contain ingredients that are flammable or explosive. Do not use such materials in the bilge

Shut off electrical power and ventilate when using such materials anywhere on the boat or in the cabin.

Do not create sparks or use lighted materials.

WARNING

Care should be utilized in waxing commonly walked upon areas of the boat to ensure that they are not dangerously slippery.

NOTE: For colored gelcoats, it is important to follow waxing recommendations in order to maintain the luster of the gelcoat.

Do not use products containing chlorine, phosphates, perfumes and non-degradable ingredients. Consult your marine dealer regarding environmental regulations before painting the hull.

Fumes can last for hours, and chemical ingredients can harm people, property and the environment.

Common household cleaning agents may cause hazardous reactions. Read and understand directions on all paint, cleaning and polishing materials before using.

3. F

IBERGLASS

& G

ELCOAT

The fiberglass hull, deck and some interior parts consist of the molded shell and exterior gelcoat. The gelcoat is the outer surface, often c o l o r e d , t h a t p r e s e n t s t h e s h i n y s m o o t h

A. A

BOUT

OLORED

ELCOATS

Colored hulls add a beautiful contrast to all white boats making them distinctive and attractive. Similar to paint on cars, colors need more care and protection (waxing).

Chemical lab tests have proven that colored gelcoats will show more chalking than white gelcoat due to an eventual degradation from weathering.

Chalking results from a breakdown of a gelcoated surface into an extremely fine powder. When this happens, the color of the part whitens. The chalk is strictly on the surface. Most house paints are designed to chalk and then wash off clean with water. Gelcoat chalk, however does not wash off.

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge) 9.1

ECTION

9 • C

ARE

& R

EFINISHING

One can extend the life of white or colored gelcoat by following Sea Ray’s ® recommended maintenance instructions. 3M Ultra Performance paste wax or an equivalent marine grade paste wax will help maintain the luster of the original gelcoat.

4. S

TAINS

& S

CRATCHES

Although gelcoat and painted surfaces are resistant to deep stains, a need for cleaning will occasionally arise. But, the use of some common cleaning agents will permanently discolor or otherwise damage the finish on your boat.

• Do not use abrasive porcelain-cleaning powders. These are too abrasive and contain chlorine and ammonia, either of which will permanently discolor gelcoat and paint.

• Never use nail polish remover (acetone) or any ketone solvents.

• Use diluted household detergents to remove surface soil and stains. Before using a given brand, check to make sure it contains no chlorine or ammonia.

• Alcohol can be used to remove difficult stains.

But it must be promptly washed off with mild detergent and water.

• Minor scratches and deeper stains that do not penetrate the gelcoat may be removed by light sanding and buffing.

B. P

ERMANENTLY

OORED OR

OCKED

OATS

Boats should be rotated in a slip as often as they are waxed. This will eliminate too much ultra violet exposure and degradation to occur on only one side of the boat.

REFER TO 3M ONE STEP MAINTENANCE AND

RECONDITIONING PRODUCTS PAMPHLET IN YOUR

OWNER'S MANUAL PACKET FOR INSTRUCTIONS AND

WARRANTY INFORMATION.

C. K

EEP

ILGE

REA

Water may accumulate in the engine room where it is not able to drain to the bilge pump. Check all areas of the engine room for accumulated water and dry thoroughly. Water left standing may penetrate through the gelcoated surfaces and wick into the fiberglass affecting the life of the product.

5. S

PECIAL

ARE FOR

OATS THAT

ARE

OORED OR

OCKED

OATS

If permanently moored or docked in salt water or fresh water, your boat will collect marine growth on its bottom. This will detract from the b o a t ’s b e a u t y a n d g r e a t l y a f fe c t i t s p e r fo r m a n c e . T h e r e a r e t w o m e t h o d s o f preventing this:

• Periodically haul the boat out of the water and scrub the bottom with a bristle brush and a solution of soap and water.

• Paint the hull below the waterline with a good grade of antifouling paint. DO NOT paint the engine drive surfaces.

NOTE: There are EPA regulations regarding bottom paint application. Consult your Sea

Ray ® dealer for proper application methods.

6. C

ARE FOR

OTTOM

AINT

From time to time a slight algae or slime forms on all vessels. The bottom painted portion of the hull can be wiped off with a coarse turkish towel or a piece of old rug while the boat is in the water. Do not use a stiff or abrasive material to clean the bottom paint.

The bottom paint should be inspected annually. If it needs repainting consult your Sea Ray ® dealer.

9.2

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge)

ECTION

9 • C

ARE

& R

EFINISHING

7. B

ILGE

NGINE

OMPARTMENT

Pump the bilges dry and remove all loose dirt.

Be sure that all limber holes are open. If there is oil in the bilge and the source is not known, look for leaks in engine oil lines or engine gaskets. Oil stains can be removed by using a bilge cleaner available from your dealer or a marina. DO NOT use flammable solvents.

Check all wiring to be sure it is properly supported, that its insulation is intact, and that there are no loose or corroded terminals. If there are corroded terminals, they should be replaced or thoroughly cleaned. Tighten all terminals securely and spray them with light marine preservative oil.

Inspect the entire fuel system (including fill lines and vents) for any evidence of leakage. Any stains around joints could indicate a leak. Try a wrench on all fittings to be sure they are not loose, but do not over tighten them. Clean fuel filters and vent screens.

Inspect the entire bottom for evidence of seepage, damage or deterioration, paying particular attention to hull fittings, hoses and clamps. Straighten kinked hoses and replace any that do not feel pliable. Tighten loose hose clamps and replace those that are corroded.

Tighten any loose nuts, bolts or screws.

Refer to your engine operator’s manual for engine maintenance details. Wipe off engine to remove accumulated dust and grease. If a solvent is used, make sure it is nonflammable.

Go over the entire engine and tighten nuts, bolts, and screws. Inspect the wiring on the engine and clean and tighten the terminals.

Inspect the belts and tighten them if needed.

Clean and lubricate the battery terminals; fill the battery cells with distilled water as needed.

8. T

OPSIDE

REAS

A. S

TAINLESS

TEEL AND

LLOY

ITTINGS

Stainless steel and alloy fittings should be cleaned with soap and water or household glass cleaner.

Remove rust spots as soon as possible with a brass, silver or chrome cleaner. Irreversible pitting will develop under rust that remains for any period of time. Never use an abrasive like sandpaper or steel wool on stainless. These may actually cause rust. To help protect the stainless, we recommend the use of a good car wax.

B. S

ALT

RYSTALS

When instruments are exposed to a saltwater environment, salt crystals may form on the bezel and the plastic covers. These salt crystals should be removed with a soft, damp cloth; never use abrasives or rough, dirty cloths to wipe plastic parts.

Clean using fresh water and a clean cloth only.

REFER TO THE OWNER'S MANUAL PACKET FOR

INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.

9. G

AUGE

& S

WITCH

ANELS

No special care is needed. Just wipe off with a soft, fresh water damp cloth to remove dust or salt. Dry after with chamois or soft cloth.

Use of protective chemicals is not required.

10. A

CRYLIC

LASTIC

HEETING

LASTIC

LASS

)

Never use a dry cloth or duster or glass cleaning solutions on acrylic.

To clean acrylic, first flood it with water to wash off as much dirt as possible. Next, use your bare hand, with plenty of water, to feel and dislodge any caked dirt or mud. A soft, grit-free cloth may then be used with a nonabrasive soap or detergent. A soft sponge, kept clean for this purpose, is excellent.

Blot dry with a clean damp chamois.

Grease and oil may be removed from acrylic with kerosene, hexane, white (not aviation or ethyl) gasoline or aliphatic naphtha (no aromatic content).

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge) 9.3

ECTION

9 • C

ARE

& R

EFINISHING

Do not use solvents such as acetone, silicone spray, benzine, carbon tetrachloride, fire extinguisher fluid, dry cleaning fluid or lacquer thinner on acrylic, since they attack the surface.

Remove fine scratches with fine automotive acrylic rubbing and polishing compounds.

11. L

IGNAPAL

® C

ABINETS

To maintain the beauty of the galley cabinet surfaces and to prevent using the wrong cleaning agents, please follow the cleaning recommendations listed below.

The following NOTICE label is placed on the fiberglass area of the galley countertop.

NOTICE

Care and maintenance of your Lignapal ® cabinets

• Never use ammoniated window sprays or kitchen scouring components.

• Never use solvents such as acetone, gasoline, benzene, alcohol or lacquer thinner.

• Polish with light coat of automobile paste, wax or plastic cleaner/polish.

• Failure to follow these instructions will result in damage to your cabinets.

12. C

ANVAS AND

LEAR

INYL

Do not fold or store any of the canvas pieces while

wet. All canvas should be rolled or folded when dry and stored in a clean, dry place. For clear vinyl pieces, the recommended methods for storage are rolling or laying down flat. The clear vinyl should never be folded or creased as cracking will result. To protect the clear vinyl from rubbing against itself while rolled or stored flat, place a piece of very soft, nonabrasive cloth between the pieces. If the surface of the clear vinyl becomes scratched, the canvas manufacturer has provided a canvas care sheet located in your Owner’s Manual Packet.

When storing the rear (aft) curtain, fold the canvas over the clear vinyl window (do not fold clear vinyl), then roll or store flat.

The fabric should be cleaned regularly before substances such as dirt, pollen, etc. are allowed to accumulate on and become embedded in the fabric. The fabric can be cleaned without being removed from the installation.

Simply brush off any loose dirt, particles, etc.; hose down and clean with a mild solution of a natural soap in lukewarm water (no more than 100 o F, 38 o C); rinse thoroughly to remove soap. DO NOT USE DETERGENTS. Allow to completely dry.

Wash and clean vinyl windows with a warm soap solution.

Use a soft cloth or sponge and do not scratch the surface.

If you have stubborn cleaning cases, call your dealer for proper procedures. Do not try your own cleaning procedures as they may permanently damage the canvas.

After each use, especially in salt water areas, rinse the canvas completely with fresh cold water. Then let the canvas dry completely before stowing.

All metal components of the canvas should be rinsed with fresh cold water and exposed components wiped dry to maintain appearance and working order.

Clean often with a soft cloth or sponge and mild soap and water. A non-ammoniated spray may also be used. (Examples: Glass Cleaner-Vinegar Glass

Works by Miles, Inc.) Never use paper towels, abrasive pads or abrasive cleaners! Hairline scratches and minor abrasions can be removed or minimized by using mild automobile polish, Johnson

Paste or Mirror Glaze (M.G.M.10).

These care instructions refer specifically to the

Lignapal ® Cabinets surfaces. Ask your dealer about cleaning any hardware or trim which has been incorporated in your cabinetry.

9.4

13. E

XTERIOR

PHOLSTERY

ABRIC

Exterior fabrics should be cleaned with a sponge or very soft scrub brush and a mild soap and warm water solution.

After scrubbing, rinse with plenty of cold, clean water and allow the fabric to air dry in a well ventilated place, preferrably away from direct sunlight.

Mildew can occur if your boat does not have adequate ventilation. Heat alone will not prevent mildew; you must also provide for fresh air circulation.

REFER TO THE OWNER'S MANUAL PACKET FOR

INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge)

ECTION

9 • C

ARE

& R

EFINISHING

14. I

NTERIOR

PHOLSTERY

ABRIC

Cleaning and maintenance information provided by the material manufacturer, is in your Owner’s Manual Packet.

NOTICE

Always clean spots, stains, etc., immediately. Test an unseen area of fabric before cleaning stain, to insure that cleaning material will not cause damage.

REFER TO THE OWNER'S MANUAL PACKET FOR

INSTRUCTIONS AND OTHER CLEANING INFORMATION.

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge) 9.5

ECTION

9 • C

ARE

& R

EFINISHING

THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK

9.6

52 Sedan Bridge (525 Sedan Bridge)

NDEX

AC System ....................................................... 6.10

AC & DC Electrical Schematics &

Wiring Harnesses ................................... 6.21-6.64

AC Low Voltage Lighting .................................. 6.18

Acrylic Plastic Sheeting ....................................... 9.3

Additional Recommended Equipment for

Safe Operation ............................................... 1.5

After Market Equipment Checklist .................... 8.14

Air Conditioning & Heating ................................. 7.2

A. To Start System ........................................ 7.3

Anchoring ......................................................... 3.11

A. Anchoring Arrangement ........................... 3.11

B. Anchoring ............................................... 3.11

C. Lowering Anchor .................................... 3.12

D. Setting Anchor ........................................ 3.12

E. Weighting Anchor .................................... 3.13

F. Clearing A Fouled Anchor ........................ 3.13

G. A Final Word .......................................... 3.13

Audible Alarms ................................................. 2.19

Automatic Fire Extinguisher System ................... 7.15

A. Manual Fire Extinguishing System ............ 7.16

B.Hand Held Extinguishers .......................... 7.17

Baitwell (Optional) ............................................ 7.19

Basic Boat Dimensions and Clearances ............. 2.10

Batteries ............................................................. 6.1

A. To Remove Battery Cables ........................ 6.2

B. Battery Maintenance .................................. 6.2

Battery Maintenance ........................................... 6.2

Battery Charger ................................................ 6.16

Bilge Blowers ..................................................... 4.3

Bilge Pumps ....................................................... 4.1

A. Manual Bilge Pump (Optional) ................... 4.2

Bilge ................................................................... 4.1

Bilge/Engine Compartment .................................. 9.3

Bilge Layout ..................................................... 4.15

Boarding ............................................................ 3.3

Bottom Paint Care for ......................................... 9.2

Bow Thruster ................................................... 3.15

Bow Thruster (Optional) ................................... 7.17

Bridge Layout ..................................................... 2.6

Bridge Wet Bar ................................................ 7.14

Cablemaster with Remote ................................. 3.10

Canvas ............................................................. 7.22

A. Care & Maintenance .............................. 7.22

B. Storage .................................................. 7.22

C. Installation Tips ....................................... 7.22

D. Canvas Installation.................................. 7.23

Canvas & Clear Vinyl ......................................... 9.4

Carbon Monoxide Monitor ................................. 1.4

Carbon Monoxide .............................................. 1.3

A. Carbon Monoxide Monitor....................... 1.4

Carbon Monoxide Monitor ................................. 7.1

A. Testing the CO Monitor ............................ 7.1

Care for Bottom Paint ......................................... 9.2

Central Vacuum System .................................... 7.21

Changing a Blown Xelogen Bulb ....................... 6.18

Chart Your Course .............................................. 1.9

CO Monitor, Testing ........................................... 7.1

Cockpit Shower ................................................. 7.8

Coffee Maker ................................................... 7.20

Collisions and Leaking ...................................... 1.12

Compass, Magnetic .......................................... 2.17

Console Dimmer ............................................... 2.22

Contact Phone Numbers & Internet Addresses ..... V

Contents, Table of .............................................. VII

Control Station Breaker Panel ............................. 6.5

Control Station Layout (upper & Lower) ............ 2.8

Crossover Fuel System (Generator) .................... 5.2

2 2

DC Distribution Panel ......................................... 6.8

DC System ......................................................... 6.1

Dealer Responsibilities ......................................... III

Deck Layout ...................................................... 2.4

Digital Satellite System (Optional) ..................... 7.14

52 Sedan Bridge ( 525 Sedan Bridge)

NDEX

Dimmer, Console .............................................. 2.22

Display Control Module (DCM) Function Table 2.21

Docking, Lifting. Storage .................................... 2.1

A. Supporting the Boat ................................. 2.1

Dockside Television Hookup ............................ 7.13

Dockside Water Inlet .......................................... 7.8

Draining the Boat ................................................ 8.5

Environmental Considerations ........................... 1.15

A. Fuel & Oil Spillage .................................. 1.15

B. Waste Disposal ....................................... 1.15

C. Excessive Noise ...................................... 1.16

D. Wake/Wash ............................................ 1.16

Excessive Noise ............................................... 1.15

Exterior Upholstery Fabric .................................. 9.4

Electrical System Fuse Blocks & Breakers .......... 6.6

Electrolysis & Zinc Anodes ............................... 6.20

Electronics Circuit ............................................... 6.8

Emergency Situations ........................................ 1.11

A. Medical Emergency ................................. 1.11

B. Water Rescue .......................................... 1.11

C. Fire ......................................................... 1.12

D. Flooding, Swamping and Capsizing .......... 1.12

E. Collisions and Leaking ............................. 1.12

F. Grounding ................................................ 1.12

G. Propulsion, Control or Steering Failure .... 1.13

Emergency Start System ..................................... 6.7

Engine Removal .................................................. 4.5

Engine Gauge Package ....................................... 4.4

Engine Mounts .................................................... 4.4

Engine Operation Switches ................................. 3.6

Engine Exhaust System ....................................... 4.5

Engine Synchronizer .......................................... 2.13

Engine Monitoring Systems ............................... 2.17

A. Smartcraft ® System View ........................ 2.17

B. Systems Monitor ..................................... 2.18

C. Audible Alarms ........................................ 2.19

Engine Oil Change System .................................. 8.8

Engines ............................................................... 4.4

Entertainment Centers ....................................... 7.13

A. TV Signal Selector .................................. 7.13

B. Dockside Television Hookup ................... 7.13

C. Entertainment Center ............................... 7.13

D. Digital Satellite System (DSS) (Optional) . 7.14

E. Bridge Wet Bar ....................................... 7.14

Fiberglass & Gelcoat ........................................... 9.1

Fire Extinguishing System ..................................... 1.2

Fitting Out After Storage ...................................... 8.7

Floor Plan ........................................................... 2.4

Fresh Water Washdown ...................................... 7.8

Fresh Water Cooling System ................................ 4.6

A. Coolant Recommendations.......................... 4.7

Fuel Fill Inlets ...................................................... 5.1

Fuel Vent ............................................................. 5.2

Fuel System ......................................................... 5.1

A. Fuel Tanks ................................................. 5.1

Fuel & Oil Spillage ............................................ 1.15

Fuel Recommendations ........................................ 5.2

Fuel Filters .......................................................... 5.2

Fuel Filter Maintenance ........................................ 5.3

A. To Drain Water .......................................... 5.3

Fuel Tanks ........................................................... 5.1

Fueling the Boat ................................................... 3.2

A. General ...................................................... 3.3

B. Filling the Tank ........................................... 3.3

C. After Filling ................................................. 3.3

Fueling Precautions .............................................. 5.4

A. General ...................................................... 5.4

B. Before & During Checklist .......................... 5.5

C. After Fueling Checklist ............................... 5.5

Function and Location of Through-Hull Cutouts .... 2.7

52 Sedan Bridge ( 525 Sedan Bridge)

NDEX

Gauge & Switch Panels ...................................... 9.3

Gears Shifts and Throttle Controls ..................... 2.12

Generator ......................................................... 6.19

Glendinning Cablemaster ................................... 6.13

Gray Water Sump ............................................... 7.9

Ground Fault Interrupter Receptacle (GFI) ........ 6.19

A. International Receptacle ........................... 6.19

Grounding ........................................................ 1.12

Hand Held Extinguishers .................................... 7.17

Hardtop .............................................................. 2.6

Head System ..................................................... 7.10

A. Requirements for Vessel Operators ............ 7.10

B. Vacu-Flush ® Head ..................................... 7.10

C. Holding Tank Operation ............................ 7.10

D. Vent Filter ................................................. 7.12

Holding Tank Operation ..................................... 7.10

Horn ................................................................. 7.22

Hotlines, Safety ................................................. 1.13

Hull Identification Number (HIN) .......................... IV

Hydraulic Trim Tabs ........................................... 2.14

Hydraulic Power Steering Control ...................... 4.14

Ignition Protection ................................................ 6.5

Impaired Operation ............................................. 1.6

Important Gauges .............................................. 2.15

A. Tachometer ............................................... 2.15

B. Quad Gauge ............................................. 2.15

C. Hourmeter ................................................ 2.17

D. Magnetic Compass ................................... 2.17

Inspection, Service and Maintenance Protocol ...... 8.4

Interior Upholstery Fabric .................................... 9.5

Interior Layout ..................................................... 2.5

International Requirements ................................. 1.13

IsoBoost Transformer (Optional) ........................ 6.13

Isolation Transformers ........................................ 6.10

Label Locations, Warning ......................... 1.17-1.21

Labels, Safety ...................................................... 1.1

Layout, Bridge ..................................................... 2.6

Layout, Bilge ..................................................... 4.15

Layout & Accessories .......................................... 7.1

Layout, Interior .................................................... 2.4

Layout, Control Station ........................................ 2.8

Layout, Deck ...................................................... 2.4

Legally Mandated Minimum Required

Equipment ....................................................... 1.2

Lifesaving Equipment ........................................... 1.4

A. PFD Classification ...................................... 1.4

Lighting Layout ......................................... 2.26-2.28

Limited Warranty .................................................. VI

Load Capacity ..................................................... 1.6

A. United States ............................................. 1.6

B. International .............................................. 1.6

Macerator Discharge Pump with

Seacock Interlock System (Optional) ................. 7.12

Magnetic Compass ............................................ 2.17

Main DC Breaker Panel ...................................... 6.5

Main Battery Switches and Solenoids ................... 6.2

A. Main Battery Solenoids .............................. 6.3

B. Windlass Solenoids .................................... 6.3

C. Bow Thruster Solenoid (Optional) .............. 6.3

Main Shore Power Breaker Box ........................ 6.14

Maintain Control .................................................. 1.7

A. General Considerations .............................. 1.8

Maintenance and Reconditioning .......................... 9.1

Maintenance for Shore Power Cable Set &

Shore Power Inlets ...................................... 6.16

Maintenance Log ............................................... 8.15

Major Controls .................................................. 2.12

A. Gear Shifts and Throttle Controls ............... 2.12

B. Engine Synchronizer .................................. 2.13

C. Hydraulic Trim Tabs .................................. 2.14

Manual Fire Extinguishing System ....................... 7.16

52 Sedan Bridge ( 525 Sedan Bridge)

NDEX

Manual Bilge Pump (Optional) ............................ 4.2

Manufacturer’s Certification ................................. IV

Marine Gears ..................................................... 4.5

A. Reduction Gears ....................................... 4.5

B. Reverse Gears .......................................... 4.5

Medical Emergency .......................................... 1.11

Refrigerator/Freezer .......................................... 7.20

A. Bridge Refreigerator ............................... 7.20

B. Cockpit Ice Maker (Optional) ................ 7.20

Requirements, International ............................... 1.13

Responsibilities, Your ........................................... III

Responsibilities, Dealer ........................................ III

Returning to Port ................................................ 3.2

Rudder & Rudder Stuffing Box ......................... 4.13

Nautical Terms ................................................. 1.13

Navigation and Anchor Lights ........................... 2.22

A. Console Dimmer ..................................... 2.22

Noise, Excessive .............................................. 1.15

Oil Exchange System .......................................... 4.7

Paint Cleaning Agents & Other Substances .......... 9.1

Passenger Locations ........................................... 2.2

Passenger Instructions and Locations .................. 3.4

Personal Flotation Devices (PFD’s) ..................... 3.4

PFD Classifications ............................................. 1.4

Power Capacity .................................................. 1.7

Power Ventilation System .................................. 7.21

Power Steering Control, Hydraulic .................... 4.14

Preparing to Depart ............................................ 3.1

Propellers ......................................................... 2.11

Propulsion, Control or Steering Failure .............. 1.13

Propulsion System ............................................ 2.11

A. Engine Gauge Package ............................ 2.11

B. Location ................................................. 2.11

Quad Gauge ..................................................... 2.15

Quick Reference Checklist .................................. 8.9

Safe Boating Means ............................................ 1.1

Safety Labels ...................................................... 1.1

Safety Hotlines ................................................. 1.13

Salon Sleeper Sofa (Optional) ........................... 7.22

Sanitizing the Water System ................................ 7.3

Sea Ray Navigator ........................................... 7.19

Seacock Lubrication ........................................... 8.8

Seacocks & Strainers ....................................... 4.13

Securing the Boat ............................................... 3.2

Security Considerations ...................................... 8.8

Service, Parts and Repair for Your Boat ................ V

Shifting from Shore Power to Generator Power ... 3.9

Shifting to Drive the Boat .................................... 3.7

A. Gear Shifts and Throttle Controls ............. 3.7

B. Operation ................................................ 3.7

Shore Power Hookup (U.S.) ............................ 6.14

Shore Power Hookup (Int’l.) ............................ 6.15

Shore Power .................................................... 6.10

A. Isolation Transformer ............................. 6.10

B. IsoBoost Transformer (Optional) ............ 6.13

C. Glendinning Cablemaster ........................ 6.13

D. Main Shore Power Breaker Box ............ 6.14

E. Shore Power Hookup (U.S.) .................. 6.14

F. Shore Power Hookup (Int’l) ................... 6.15

G. Maintenance for Shore Power Cable Set &

Shore Power Inlets ............................ 6.16

Smartcraft System View .................................... 2.17

Sosurce of Information ......................................... III

52 Sedan Bridge ( 525 Sedan Bridge)

NDEX

Special Care for Boats that are Moored or

Docked Boats ................................................ 9.2

Spotlight ........................................................... 7.22

Stability .............................................................. 1.7

Stains & Scratches ............................................. 9.2

Starting the Generator ......................................... 3.8

Starting the Engines ............................................. 3.4

Steering System ................................................ 3.10

Stopping the Generator ..................................... 3.10

Stopping the Engines ........................................... 3.8

Stove & Microwave ......................................... 7.21

A. Electric Stove ........................................ 7.21

B. Microwave/Convection Oven ................. 7.21

Symbols on Controls & Prints, Key to .............. 1.17

Summary Guide for Inspection, Service and

Maintenance ................................................. 8.1

Switch and Receptacle Layout .................. 2.23-2.25

Systems Monitor .............................................. 2.18

Vacu-Flush ® Head .................................................. 7.10

Vacuum System, Central ................................... 7.21

Vent Filter ......................................................... 7.12

Vibration & Causes ............................................ 4.6

A. Foreign Object Interferring with Propeller

Action .................................................... 4.6

B. Bent Propeller and/or Shaft ........................ 4.6

C. Engine and Shaft Out of Alignment ............. 4.6

D. Coupling Out of True ................................. 4.6

E. Engine Part Hitting Boat Structure ............... 4.6

F. Other Possible Causes ................................ 4.6

Table of Contents ............................................... VII

Tachometer ...................................................... 2.15

Telephone System ............................................. 7.15

Testing the CO Monitor ...................................... 7.1

This Manual ......................................................... III

Topside Areas .................................................... 9.3

Transom Davit System (Optional) ...................... 7.17

Trim Tabs, Hydraulic ......................................... 2.14

TV Signal Selector7.13

Twelve Volt Accessory Receptacle ...................... 6.7

Underwater Gear ................................................ 4.8

A. Propellers ................................................ 4.8

B. Shafts .................................................... 4.11

C. Carrier Seal Kit ..................................... 4.12

D. Strut ...................................................... 4.12

Usefull Service Information ................................. 8.3

Warning Label Locations .......................... 1.18-1.21

Warranties ........................................................... III

Warranty, Limited ................................................ VI

Washer/Dryer (Optional) .................................... 7.8

Waste Disposal ................................................. 1.15

Water Tank ........................................................ 7.4

Water Heater ...................................................... 7.7

Water Rescue ................................................... 1.11

Water Distribution Manifold ................................ 7.5

Water System ..................................................... 7.3

A. Sanitizing the Water System ....................... 7.3

B. Water Tank ............................................... 7.4

C. Winterizing the Water System .................... 7.5

D. Water Distribution Manifold ....................... 7.5

E. Water Pump & Filters ................................ 7.6

F. Water Heater ............................................. 7.7

G. Fresh Water Washdown ............................ 7.7

H. Dockside Water Inlet ................................ 7.8

I. Cockpit Shower ......................................... 7.8

J. Washer/Dryer (Optional) ............................ 7.8

K. Gray Water Sump ..................................... 7.9

Water Pumps & Filters ....................................... 7.6

Water System, Sanitizing the ............................... 7.3

Water Sports .................................................... 1.10

A. Swimming ............................................... 1.10

B. Skiing ...................................................... 1.10

C. Diving ..................................................... 1.11

52 Sedan Bridge ( 525 Sedan Bridge)

NDEX

Weather ............................................................. 1.8

A. Ocean ....................................................... 1.8

B. Offshore .................................................... 1.8

C. Inshore ..................................................... 1.8

D. Sheltered Waters ....................................... 1.8

Wet Bar, Bridge ................................................ 7.14

While Underway ................................................. 3.1

Windlass ........................................................... 3.13

A. To Operate From the Helm ..................... 3.13

B. To Operate From the Bow ...................... 3.14

C. To Operate Manually .............................. 3.14

D. Maintenance ........................................... 3.14

Winterization Checklist for Boats Stored on Land 8.6

Winterizing the Water System .............................. 7.5

Xelogen Lighting ............................................... 6.17

A. Changing a Blown Xelogen Bulb ............. 6.18

B. AC Low Voltage Lighting ........................ 6.18

Your Responsibilities ................................................. III

52 Sedan Bridge ( 525 Sedan Bridge)

Hello! I am an AI chatbot specifically trained to assist you with the Sea Ray 2006 52 SEDAN BRIDGE Owners Manual. I have thoroughly reviewed the document and can help you locate the exact information you need or explain the content in clear and simple terms. Whether you’re looking for guidance on specific features, troubleshooting steps, or general usage, feel free to ask your questions. The more details you provide about your concerns or needs, the more accurately and effectively I can assist you!

Assistant typing

Assistant terminated

Owner’s Manual

52 Sedan Bridge

International • 525 Sedan Bridge

Sea Ray offers an express Limited Warranty on each new Sea Ray purchased through an authorized Sea Ray dealer.

A copy of the Limited Warranty was included in your owner’s packet. If for any reason, you did not receive a copy of the Limited Warranty, please contact your local dealer or call 1-800 SR BOATS for a replacement copy.

Sea Ray’s obligation under the Limited Warranty is limited to repair or replacement of parts that are judged defective by Sea Ray and does not include transportation, haul out, or other expenses. The foregoing is the sole and exclusive remedy provided by Sea Ray.

SEA RAY EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND

FITNESS. NEITHER SEA RAY NOR THE SELLING DEALER SHALL HAVE ANY RESPONSIBILITY

FOR LOSS OF USE OF THE BOAT, LOSS OF TIME, INCONVENIENCE, COMMERCIAL LOSS

OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES.

The unexpired term of the Limited Warranty may be transferred to a subsequent owner upon the new owner’s written request to Sea Ray Division of Brunswick Corporation, 2600 Sea Ray Blvd., Knoxville, Tennessee, 37914 and payment to Sea Ray of Fifty Dollars ($50.00).

Thank you for your decision to buy a Sea Ray.

NOTICE

! WARNING

! DANGER

Save Our Seas

$25,000, a fine of $50,000 and imprisonment for up to five years.

21. 52 DB Warning Label Locations

WARNING

Warning Label Locations (Continued)

Warning Label Locations (Continued)

! CAUTION

°

12 VOLTS DC

WASTE SYSTEM CONTROL

Date Maintenance Description Engine Hours

Related

Sea Ray 2006 44 SEDAN BRIDGE Owner's Manual

Sea Ray 2006 58 SEDAN BRIDGE Owners Manual

Sea Ray 2009 SEA RAY 58 SEDAN BRIDGE Owners Manual

Sea Ray 2008 58 SEDAN BRIDGE Owners Manual

Sea Ray 2009 SEA RAY 36 SEDAN BRIDGE Owners Manual

Sea Ray 2006 40 MOTOR YACHT Owners Manual

Sea Ray 2013 SEA RAY 520 SEDAN BRIDGE Owners Manual

Sea Ray 2012 SEA RAY 450 SEDAN BRIDGE Owners Manual

Sea Ray 2007 36 SEDAN BRIDGE Information Manual

Sea Ray 2008 52 SEDAN BRIDGE Owners Manual

Sea Ray 2008 47 SEDAN BRIDGE Owners Manual

Sea Ray 2009 SEA RAY 52 SEDAN BRIDGE Owners Manual